67% found this document useful (3 votes)

731 views248 pages

Electrical Machines-Study Material

Uploaded by

Sujoy Halder

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

67% found this document useful (3 votes)

731 views248 pages

Electrical Machines-Study Material

Uploaded by

Sujoy Halder

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

[Link].

com

VANI
I n s t i t u t e
India’s first coaching Institute for ESE | GATE | & PSUs

Electrical Machines
(Class Room Material with Level-1 & Level- 2 Practice Questions)

GATE | ESE | PSUs

AIR
1st Rank 19 Times AIR
2nd Rank 15 Times AIR
3rd Rank 19 Times and many more…….
Copyright© VANI Institute 2019 [Link]

All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or

transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying
digital, recording or otherwise, without the prior permission of the publishers.

Published at:

VANI
I n s t i t u t e
_______________________________

2nd Floor,

Opp : Chermas , Methodist Complex,

Near Bus Station, Abids, Hyderabad – 500 001

Ph: 040-23204411 / 22, 9704887991

Website: [Link]

Email Id : info@[Link]

Authors:

Faculty of Vani Institute, Hyderabad

Preface

Dear Students,
It’s a proud moment for all of us.

When Electrical Engineering are playing pivotal role in deciding the future of our development
plans, we have set an ambitious plan to augment your study material with exceptionally well written
material to help you learn better.

We all know that Electrical Machines subject is extremely important topic for every Electrical
student, with ever increasing demand and also the challenges these topics throw at us.

This book is edited exclusively for easy and better understanding of all the topics.

This book is one stop solution for GATE, ESE & PSUs where students get all the topics covered
and compiled from different sources.

As we are aware that, solving GATE previous papers is the first step in learning, then this book
will help you in enhancing your knowledge further.

This book contains theory and Practice questions of level 1 and level 2 wise in each unit whereas
complexity of the questions increases from easy to tough and beyond.

We have decoded to bring out a well crafted gem in the form of this book for enhancing your
learning abilities.

Therefore, sincerely hope that this book will help you achieve even greater heights in your
career and engineering.

We have developed this book according to the best knowledge, in case any errors which might
have occurred out of sight, please feel free to inform us your valuable suggestions.

I wish you all very best for your future endeavours.

Director,

VANI INSTITUTE
Electrical Machines

GATE Syllabus

Single phase transformer: equivalent circuit, phasor diagram, open circuit and short circuit
tests, regulation and efficiency; Three phase transformers: connections, parallel operation;
Auto-transformer, Electromechanical energy conversion principles, DC machines:
separately excited, series and shunt, motoring and generating mode of operation and their
characteristics, starting and speed control of dc motors; Three phase induction motors:
principle of operation, types, performance, torque-speed characteristics, no-load and
blocked rotor tests, equivalent circuit, starting and speed control; Operating principle of
single phase induction motors; Synchronous machines: cylindrical and salient pole
machines, performance, regulation and parallel operation of generators, starting of
synchronous motor, characteristics; Types of losses and efficiency calculations of electric
machines.

ESE Syllabus
Single phase transformers, three phase transformers - connections, parallel operation, auto-
transformer, energy conversion principles, DC machines - types, windings, generator
characteristics, armature reaction and commutation, starting and speed control of motors,
Induction motors - principles, types, performance characteristics, starting and speed
control, Synchronous machines - performance, regulation, parallel operation of generators,
motor starting, characteristics and applications, servo and stepper motors.
Contents

Electrical Machines

S. No Chapter Name Page Numbers

1. Basic Principles of Electrical Machines 001 – 009
2. Transformers 010 – 065
3. Induction Motors 066 – 121
4. Synchronous Machines 122 – 172
5. D.C Machines 173 – 242
COACHING OFFERED

Classroom Course

 Regular Classroom Course

 Weekend Classroom Course
 Day Batches
 Crash Batches
 Two Years Integrated Program

Postal Course

 Subject Wise Advanced Materials

 Publications Books

Test Series

 Online Test Series

 Offline Test Series
1 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES

1.1 FARADAY’S LAW OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

Faraday’s First Law:
Any change in the magnetic field of a coil of wire will cause an emf to be induced in the coil. This
emf induced is called induced emf and if the conductor circuit is closed, the current will also
circulate through the circuit and this current is called induced current.
Method to change magnetic field:
1. By moving a magnet towards or away from the coil.
2. By moving the coil into or out of the magnetic field.
3. By changing the area of a coil placed in the magnetic field.
4. By rotating the coil relative to the magnet.

Faraday’s Second Law:

It states that the magnitude of emf induced in the coil is equal to the rate of change of flux that
linkages with the coil. The flux linkage of the coil is the product of number of turns in the coil and
flux associated with the coil.
Consider a magnet approaching towards a coil. Here we consider two instants at time T1 and time
T2 . Flux linkage with the coil at time, T1  N1 wb Flux linkage with the coil at time, T2  N2 wb

change in flux linkage  N  2  1  . Let this change in flux linkage be,   2  1 . So, the change
in flux linkage  N . Now the rate of change of flux linkage  N / t . But according to Faraday’s
law of electromagnetic induction, the rate of change of flux linkage is equal to induced emf.
d
EN
dt
d
Considering Lez’s law, E   N
dt
Where,   flux in webers
B  Magnetic field strength
A  Area of the coil.
How to increase EMF induced in a coil:
 By increasing the number of turns in the coil i.e. N – From the formulae derived above it is
easily seen that if number of turns of coil is increased, the induced emf also gets increased.

 By increasing magnetic field strength i.e. B surrounding the coil-mathematically if magnetic

field increases, flux increases and if flux increases emf induced will also get increased.
Theoretically, if th coil is passed through a stronger magnetic field, there will be more lines of
force for coil to cut and hence there will be more emf induced.
 By increasing the speed of the relative motion between the coil and the magnet. If the relative
speed between the coil and magnet is increased from its previous value, the coil will cut the lines
of flux at a faster rate, so more induced emf would be produced.

Applications of Faraday Law:

Faraday law is one of the most basic and important laws of electromagnetism. This law finds its
application in most of the electrical machines, industries and medical field etc.
 Electrical Transformers
 Electrical Generators
 Induction Cookers
 Electromagnetic Flow Meters

Lenz’s Law:
Lenz’s law states that when an emf is generated by a change in magnetic flux according to
Faraday’s Law, the polarity of the induced emf is such, that it produces an current that’s magnetic
field opposes the change which produces it.
The negative sign used in Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction, indicates that the induced emf
 and the change in magnetic flux  B  have opposition signs.

B
  N
t
Where,   Induced emf
B  Change in magnetic flux
N  [Link] turns in coil.

Reasons for opposing, Cause of Induced currents in Lenz’s Law?

 As stated above, Lenz’s law obeys the law of conservation of energy and if the direction of the
magnetic field that creates the current and the magnetic field of the current in a conductor are in
same direction, then these two magnetic fields would add up and produce the current of twice
the magnitude and this would in turn create more magnetic field, which will cause more current
and this process continuing on and on leads to violation of the law of conservation of energy.
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 3 Basic Principles of Electrical Machines
Institute

 If the induced current creates a magnetic field which is equal and opposite to the direction of
magnetic field that creates it, then only it can resist the change in the magnetic field in the area,
which is in accordance to the Newton’s third law of motion.

1.2 DOT CONVENTION:

 If we know the Primary circuit voltage is +ve at a specific end of the coil, The secondary
circuit polarity we may not be able to tell unless we examine the winding. To avoid this
Transformers use dot convention which tells about the polarities of voltage and current on the
secondary side.

1. If the primary voltage is +ve at the dotted end of the winding w.r.t the undotted end, then the
secondary voltage will be positive at the dotted end also. i.e. voltage polarities are the same
w.r.t dots on each side of the core.
2. If the primary current of the Transformer flows into the dotted end of primary winding, the
secondary current will flow out of the dotted end of secondary winding.

ip iS
 
+ +
VP Np NS VS

– –

1.3 SOLENOID:
 In a practical solenoid a magnetic core is wound with a coil of N no of turns as shown.
l

I N I

‘l’ is length of the solenoid.

‘N’ is no of turns
‘I’ current flowing through the coil.
 In a solenoid the flux exists inside the coil only.
 The magnetic flux outside the coil is zero.
 The magnetic field intensity inside the coil is given by

NI
H Ampere – turns/metre
l
H is magnetic field intensity.
 Magnetic flux  is given by
MMF
 webers
reluctance
NI
  MMF  NI 
reluctance
 Since for a given magnetic material reluctance is constant and for a given solenoid number of
turns remains constant, the flux follows the current.
 Reluctance is the property of magnetic material which opposes flow of flux.
 Permeability is the property of magnetic material which allows the flow of flux.
 Relationship between magnetic flux density (B) and magnetic field intensity (H) is given by
B =  0  rH
B is magnetic flux density is Wb/m2
0 is absolute permeability of free space
0 = 4  10-7H/m
r is the relative permeability of a medium with respect to free space.
TOROID:
A toroid looks with a central hole and current carrying wires wound over its core. The core is
usually made of iron or some such magnetic metal.

  
 




 r 


 

B 

 
 
Take a circular loop of radius r concentric with the toroid.
The amount of current enclosed by the loop is NI where N is the total number of turns and I is the
current in each turn. By Ampere’s law, the field is given by
2RB  0 NI
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 5 Basic Principles of Electrical Machines
Institute

  NI
B 0
2R
. The field outside the toroid is zero because the Amperian loop would enclose zero current as
current both goes in and comes out through the loop.
Likewise, inside the hole the field would also be zero as it would not thread any current. Note that
unlike in the case of a solenoid, the field is not uniform.

1.4 GENERATOR PRINCIPLE:

If a conductor in motion cuts the steady magnetic field the emf induced is called
as “Dynamically induced emf”.
The emf induced in generators is “Dynamically induced emf.
The induced emf is given by
e  Blv sin  volts
‘e’ is emf induced
‘B’ is flux density Wb/m2
‘l’ length of the conductor
‘v’ velocity in meters per second at which conductor is moving
‘’ is the angle between flux density (B) and direction of conductor motion.
 The direction of emf induced is given by Flemings right hand rule.

Flemings Right Hand Rule:

 If the middle finger, four finger and thumb of a right hand are kept orthogonal to each other, and
if four finger indicates direction of magnetic field and thumb indicates direction of rotation then
the middle finger indicates direction of emf induced.
If four finger  direction of magnetic field
Thumb  direction of rotation
Then middle finger  direction of emf

1.5 MOTOR PRINCIPLE:

 When ever a current carrying conductor placed in a magnetic field, a force will be produced on
the conductor.
 The magnitude of force is given by
F = BIl sin Newton’s
 Where ‘B’ magnetic flux density (Wb/m2)

‘I’ current flowing through the conductor

‘l’ length of the conductor
‘’ is the angle between flux density and the conductor.
The direction of force is given by “Flemings left hand rule”

Flemings left hand rule:

 If the middle finger, four finger and thumb of a left hand are kept orthogonal to each other, if
four finger indicates direction of magnetic field, middle finger indicates direction of current
then thumb indicates direction of rotation.
If Four finger – direction of magnetic field
Middle finger – direction of current
Then Thumb – direction of rotation

Class Room Practice Questions

01. The core of a two-winding transformer is subjected to a magnetic flux variation as indicated in the
figure.

The induced emf (ers) in the secondary winding as a function of time will be of the form

02. The single phase, 50Hz iron core transformer in the circuit has both the vertical arms of cross
sectional area 20 cm2 and both the horizontal arms of cross sectional area 10 cm2. If the two
windings shown were wound instead on opposite horizontal arms, the mutual inductance will

(a) Double (b) Remain same (c) Be halved (d) Become one quarter

03. In the magnetic circuit shown below, the second coil carries a current of 2A. If flux in the core is to
be made zero the current I in the first coil should be

100turns 25turns

(a) 0.5A (b) 0.5A (c) 2A (d) 2A

04. In the coil arrangement shown in figure a dot(.) marking is shown in the first coil where should be
the corresponding dot(.) marking be placed on coil – 2

P
Coil  1 Coil  2
Q

(a) At terminal P (b) At terminal Q

05. A single phase core type transformer has the following data. Number of turns of the primary
winding = 500. Core cross section =100 cm2. Mean length of the core flux path = 40  cm. Relative
permeability of the core iron = 1000. Magnetizing inductance of the primary is
(a) 2.5 mH (b) 2.5 H (c) 25 H (d) 0.25 H

06. A single conductor generator of 2m active length and zero resistance is found to deliver power to a
5 load resistance. The generator is found to move with constant velocity of 5m/sec under the
influence of a magnetic flux density of 1.1wb/m2 . Calculate the voltage impressed across the load
and current supplied to it. Also calculate the force exerted by the mechanical external agency and
the mechanical power supplied to it.

ANSWER FOR
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL MACHINES (CRPQ)

01. (a) 02 (b) 03 (b) 04. (b)

05. (b) 06. V = 11v, I=2.2A , F = 4.84N, Pm = 24.2W

Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
2 TRANSFORMERS
2.1 SINGLE – PHASE TRANSFORMERS
Features:
Transformer is a static device which transfers power from one circuit to another circuit without
change in frequency.
1) As transformer does not change the frequency of the system, it can be treated as constant
frequency device.
2) As transformer transfers almost same amount of power from one circuit to another circuit, it
can be treated as constant power device.
3) Transformer is a singly exited device, since it requires only one external voltage source to
energize any [Link] windings placed on its core.

Difference between core type and shell type of transformers:

Core Type Shell Type
L ea k ag e flu x H o rizo n ta l Y o k e O u te r lim b

/2  /2

L im b M id d le lim b

1. It has one yoke and two limbs. 1. It has three limbs and two yokes.
2. Both the limbs are provided with windings 2. Only middle limb is provided with winding
and core is being surrounded by windings. and windings are being surrounded by core.
3. Windings are less protected by core. 3. More protected by core.
4. Leakage flux is more then power transfer 4. Leakage flux is less.
capability is less. 5. Parallel magnetic circuit.
5. Series magnetic circuit. 6. Different cross sectional area
6. Both the limbs have same cross sectional Outer limbs →A/2
area. Middle limb → A
7. More amount of copper is required for 7. Amount of copper is required for widnding
windlings. is less.
8. Requires less amount of insulating material. 8. More amount of insulating material.
9. Used for high voltage power transmission 9. Low voltage power transmission.
applications (  less amount of insulation). 10. Low voltage large KVA rating
10 .High voltage, small KVA rating. transformers are suitable
Transformes are suitable. Eg: 100KV, 400/200V
Eg: 10KVA, 2000/1080V

Following points for the construction of transformer

 Generally the steel is cold rolled gain oriented CRGO steel to increase permeability along the
direction of magnetization and reduce core loss.
4
 KVA rating   core dimension 
2
 Voltage rating   core dimension 
2
 Current rating   core dimension 

 No-load current   core dimension 

2.2 EMF EQUATION FOR TRANSFORMER:

 Let the sinusoidal flux (t) = m sin(t)  (1)
 From faradays law of electromagnetic Induction emf induced per turn
 d
e
dt
d
 e m sin  wt 
dt
 e  m w cos  wt 
     
 e  m  2 f  sin  wt  
2  w  2 f sin  wt  2    cos wt 
    
 
 e  Emax sin  wt     2
 2
Where Emax = 2 mf.
 RMS value of EMF induced per turn
Emax
Erms   2m f
2

= 4.44mf
 Primary induced emf which is having ‘N1 ’ turns
E1 = 4.44mf N1  (3)

 Similarly secondary induced emf which is having ‘N2’ turns.

E2 = 4.44mf N2  (4)

E1
 From equation (3)  4.44m f  5
N1
E2
 From equation (4)  4.44m f  6
N2
E1 E2
 From (5) & (6)  which indicates induced emf per turn is same for both primary
N1 N 2
and secondary is same for transformer.
Note: From (1) & (2) we can conclude that the induced emf lags the causing flux by 900.
This is true for all the electrical machines.
2.3 IDEAL TRANSFORMER:
Assumptions:
1. The permeability of transformer is infinity.
 Excitation current required to produce flux in the core is zero.
2. Iron losses in transformer core are zero.
3. Resistances of transformer windings are zero.
4. Magnetic leakage flux is completely zero. (K=1, coefficient of coupling)
5. The magnetization curve of transformer core is linear.

 B

Ie
H
Any magnetic material has magnetization curve with two non linearities.
1. Saturation non – linearity
2. Hysteresis non – linearity
 B 

Saturation

 H
Hysteresis

Operation of transformer with finite permeability of core:

I 

N1
Vi N2 e2
f e1

Finite
I  Magnetizing component of current for creating flux in the core

I  Im sin t

Primary mmf = N1I

Primary mmf = N1I m sin t

mmf

reluctance
N1Im sin t

R
  m sin t
N1Im mmf
Where m  
R reluctance

2.4 CORE FLUX GETS FIXED BY VOLTAGE & FREQUENCY:

The flux level Bmax in the core of a given magnetic circuit gets fixed by the magnitude of the supply
voltage and frequency. It was shown that:
V 1 V
Bmax  
2fAN 4.44AN f
Where, V is the applied voltage at frequency f, N is the number of turns of the coil and A is the
cross sectional area of the core. For a given magnetic circuit A and N are constants, so Bmax
v
developed in core is decided by the ratio . The peak value of the coil current Imax , drawn from the
f
supply now gets decided by the B-H characteristics of the core material.

Material  3
B B  [Link]
core with Material  2
r  
Material  1
Bmax

H
O Hmax 3 Hmax 2 Hmax1 H  A/m 

To elaborate this, let us consider a magnetic circuit with N number of turns and core section area A
with mean length l. Let material-3 be used to construct the core whose B-H characteristic shown in
figure. We follow the following steps to find how much current will be drawn by the coil.
1 V
1. First calculate maximum flux density using Bmax  . Note that value of Bmax is
4.44N f
independent of the core material property.
2. Corresponding to this Bmax , obtain the value of H max 3 from the B-H characteristic of the

material-3
H max 3l
3. Now calculate the required value of the current using the relation I max 3 
N
4. The rms value of the exciting current with material-3 as the core, will be I3  I max 3 / 2 .

 If the core material is such that  r   , the B-H characteristic of this ideal core material will be the
B axis itself. Which means that for such and ideal material current needed is practically zero to
establish any Bmax in the core.
ON NO LOAD:
V1 = - E1
I1 I2

IO V1 ~
m
Fig (4)
E2 Io – No load current

2.5 IDEAL T/F ON LOAD:

V1
I21 I1
θ
m
Io
2
I2
E2 = V2

E1
Fig (5): Phasor diagram on load

 When load is placed on the transformer the secondary current (I2) produces its own flux ‘2 ’
which opposes 1 due to I1. Hence net flux (1 - 2) reduces. Hence E1, E2 shall reduce. But
for an ideal transformer V1 = E1 is constant. Therefore Net flux for a transformer must be
constant. To maintain flux as constant the primary will draw an additional current I2 such that
I21 N1 = I2 N2. Total primary current is the vector sum of (I21) and Io (I1 = I21 + Io).
 Since No load current Io is only 5 to 6% of full load current for a transformer ‘I o’ can be
neglected.
 I 1  I 21 

 Hence I21 N1 = I2N2 can be written as I 1N1 = I2N2 i.e MMF of primary is equal to MMF of
secondary for a transformer.
E1 N1 V E
  and for Ideal transformer 1  1
E2 N 2 V2 E2

V1 N1 I 2
 
V2 N2 I1
 V1I1 = V2I2
 Above equation indicates primary VA rating is equal to secondary VA rating.

EXAMPLES
2.1) The primary and secondary turns of a transformer are 150 and 75. The primary is excited by 200V,
50Hz supply and secondary is connected to a load impedance of 530 for an ideal transformer
calculate, primary and secondary currents
a) 10A, 15A b) 15A, 20A c) 20A, 10A d) 10A, 20A
Ans. (d)

2.2) For prob 2.1 calculate P.F. of primary & secondary currents.
a) 30 lagging, 30 leading b) 30 leading, 30 lagging
c) 30 lagging, 30 lagging d) 30 leading, 30 leading
Ans. (c)

2.3) For prob 2.1 calculate primary and secondary side real powers.
a) 1.24 kW, 1.32 kW b) 1.99kW, 1.99kW
c) 1.22kW, 1.76kW d) 1.73kW, 1.73kW
Ans. (d)
Sol. Primary voltage V1  200 0oV

 75  o
Secondary voltage V2  200     100 0 V
 150 
100 0o
Secondary current, I 2  o
 20 30o A
5 30
I2 = 20A, P.F. = cos30 = 0.866 lagging
 75 
I1 = 20 30o   o
  10 30 A
 150 
I1 = 10A, P.F. = cos30 = 0.866 lagging
w2 = 100  20  0.866 = 1.732kw
w1 = 200  10  0.866 = 1.732kw
2.4) For understanding the behavior of a transformer, the following laws may be called for,
1. Lenz’s law 2. Newton’s second law
3. Faradays law of electromagnetic induction 4. Ohm’s law
5. Flemings right hand rule 6. Right-hand grip rule
a) 1, 3, 4 b) 2, 3, 4, 5 c) 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 d) 1, 3, 4, 6
Ans. (d)

2.5) A single phase transformer is designed to operate at 240/120V, 50Hz. Calculate the secondary no
load voltage and its frequency if the high voltage side of the transformer is connected to 240V,
40Hz;
Sol: Primary voltage V1 at frequency f1 is
V1 = 2πf1max1 N1
Let the primary voltage at frequency f2 be V11 so that
V11 = 2πf 2max2 N1
V11 f 2max2
=
V1 f1max1

240  40  max 2 
From above equation 
240  50  max1 

max 2  1.25max1
Secondary no load voltage at frequency f1 is
E 2 = 2πf1max1 N 2

And at frequency f2 is E 22 = 2πf 2max2 N 2

E 22 f 2max 2

E2 f1max1

 40  1.25max1 
E 22  120    120 volts at 40 Hz
 50  max1 

2.6) A transformer takes 0.8A when its primary is connected to 200V, 50Hz supply. The secondary is
open circuited. The power absorbed from supply is 60watts. The iron-loss current and magnetizing
current will be,
a) 0.5A, 0.6A b) 0.2A, 0.7A c) 1A, 2A d) 0.3A, 0.7A
Ans. (d)
Sol. I 0  0.8 A
V1  200V
Iron loss = 60 watts = V1 I 0 cos 0
60 60
 I e  I 0 cos 0    0.3 A
V1 200

I   I 02  I e2  (0.8)2  (0.3)2  0.742 A

2.7) An ideal transformer has 3 windings,120 on primary (P), 180 on secondary (S) and 80 on tertiary
(T). If winding ‘S’ feeds 20A to a R load and winding T feeds 10A to an capacitive load, current
in primary winding is _________A
Sol. mmf on ‘S’ winding = N2I2 = 180  20
= 3600A
mmf on ‘T’ winding = N3I3 = 80  10
= 800 ATs

Resultant of load mmf’s ‘S’ & T is = 36002  8002  3687.8177

3687.8177
 Current in mmf is I1   30.73Amp
120

2.8) If the applied voltages of a certain transformer is increased by 50% and the frequency is reduced
to 50%, the maximum core flux density will
a) change to 3 times to original value b) change to 1.5 times to original value
c) change to 0.5 times to original value d) change to 2 times to original value
Ans. (a)
Sol. V = 4.44 f Bm AN
V1 f1 BM1
= .
V2 f 2 BM2
1
 BM2 = 1.5   BM 2  3BM1
0.5

2.9) An ideal transformer has 200 primary turn and 360 secondary turn, the primary being excited at
600V. The full secondary has a resistive load of 8kW. The secondary is also tapped at 240 turns
which supply a pure inductive load of 10kVA. The primary current and its power factor are
a) 22.3A, 0.23 lagging b) 21.35A, 0.23 leading
c) 21.35A, 0.625 lagging d) 22.3A, 0.025 leading
Ans. (c)
Sol.
Ic
c

8kW
b
600V
10kVA
a

360
Vca  600   1080 0oV
200
(8  1000)
 Ic   7.41 0o A  Resistive load
1080
240
Vba  600   720 00
200
(10  1000)
Ib   13.89 900  Inductive load
720
By ampere-turn balance.
I1  200  7.41 0o  360  13.89  240 900
 I1  21.35 A
P.f = cos51.3 = 0.025 lagging.
2.6 PRACTICAL TRANSFORMER PHASOR DIAGRAM

V1 jIex1
r1Ie
E1

1
Ie
Ic
 m
Im

E 2 = V2

 Ic – Core loss component or power loss component used for accounting core losses.
 Im – Reactive or magnetizing current
 x1 – Primary. Leakage reactance is a fictitious quantity merely introduced to represent the
effects of primary. Leakage flux.
V1 jI1x1 V1 jI1x1
I1r1
E1 V1= E1
I1
I1
I11
Ie Ie
Qm Qm

V2
I2
V2
jI2x2 E1, E2 E1, E2
jI2x2

V1 = E1 + I1 (r1+jx1)  E2 = V2+I2 (r2+jx2)

2.7 VOLTAGE REGULATION:

 It is defined as change in Secondary terminal voltage from full load to No load expressed as
percentage of the secondary rated voltage, with primary applied voltage held constant.
E 2  V2
% Voltage reg =  100
E2
C
I2xe2
E2

re2 xe2 B
2
I2 I2re2
A
E2 E2 V2

2
I2

E2  OC = OA + AB + BC
= V2 + (I2re2 cos2 + I2 xe2 sin2)
E2 – V2 = I2re2 cos2 + I2 xe2 sin2
E2  V2 I2re2 Ix
P.V. Voltage regulation =  cos2  2 e2 sin2
E2 E2 E2
I 2 re 2
= P.U equivalent resistance or P.U resistance drop.
E2
= r
I 2 2 re 2 ohmic loss at rated current
r =  = P.U ohmic loss.
E2 I 2 Rated VA
I 2 xe 2
 p.u. equivalent leakage reactance = x.
E2
P.U voltage regulation = r cos2 + x sin2 for lag p.f

% Voltage Regulation = (r cos2 + x sin2)  100

For lead p.f. loads

% Regulation = (r cos2 - r sin2)  100

Condition for Zero Voltage Regulation:

r cos2 + x sin2 = 0
sin 20  r re 2
  (-ve sign indicates lead P.f)
cos 20  x xe 2

r 
20  tan 1  e 2  Lead power factor angle
 xe 2 
xe2
load p.f =
ze 2
xe2
* Zero voltage regulation occurs at p.f of lead
ze 2
xe2
* For lead p.f less than Regulation is Negative.
ze 2

Condition For Maximum Voltage Regulation:

P.U. Regulation = r cos2 + x sin2
d
(P.U reg) = -r sin2 + x cos2 = 0
d 2
 x xe 2
tan2m = 
 r re 2
re2
* Max voltage regulation occurs at a p.f of cos2m = lag.
ze 2
* Maximum voltage regulation occurs when the load power factor angle 2 is equal to the
leakage impedence angle of the transformer.

Magnitude of Max. Voltage regulation:

re 2 r I r r I x x
r   x e2  2 e2 . e2  2 e 2 . e2
ze 2 ze 2 E2 ze 2 E2 ze 2
I 2 ze 2
= = ze2P.U
E2
* Magnitude of Maximum Voltage regulation is equal to P.U. value of equivalent leakage
impendence.
* If a Transformer has ze2 = 0.02 P.U the Magnitude of maximum voltage regulation = 2%

EXAMPLES
2.10) A transformer has a percentage resistance of 2% and percentage reactance of 4%. What are its
regulations at p.f of 0.8 lagging and 0.8 leading.
a) 4% & -0.8% b) 3.2% & –1.6% c) 1.6% & –3.2% d) 4.8% & –0.6%
Ans: (a)
Sol: For lagging p.f.,
% reg = [2  0.8 + 4  0.6] = 4%
For leading p.f.,
% reg = [2  0.8 – 4  0.6] = –0.8%

2.11) A single phase transformer taken 10A on no-load at P.f of 0.2 lagging. The turn ratio is 4:1. if the
load on the secondary is 200A at a P.f of 0.85 lagging the primary current & P.f is
a) 57.33 39.10o b) 56.22 26o c) 44.32 18o d) 32.78 27.3
Ans. (a)
Sol. Secondary current of 200A, 0.85 lag is reflected as 50A, 0.85lag in terms of primary.
 I 0  10 78.50  2  j 9.8 A

I 21  50 31.8o  42.5  j 26.35

Hence primary current I1  I 0  I 21

= 44.5  j 36.15

 I1   57.33 39.10o

2.12) A 230/460V transformer has a primary resistance of 0.2 and reactance of 0.5 and the
corresponding values for the secondary are 0.75 and 1.8 respectively. The secondary terminal
voltage when supplying 10A at 0.8P.f lagging are
a) 400V b) 424V c) 436V d) 444V
Ans. (b)
Sol. k = 460/230 = 2; R02  R2  k 2 R1  0.75  22  0.2  1.55

X 02  X 2  k 2 X 1  1.8  22  0.5  3.8

Voltage drop = I 2  R02 cos  X 02 sin   35.2V

Secondary terminal voltage = 460 – 35.2 = 424.8V

2.8 LOSSES:
Core Loss:
 Core losses will occur when a core material is subjected to time varying field or flux reversals.
Core losses (pc) basically classified as
a) Eddy current loss (pe)
b) Hysteresis loss
Pc = Pe + Ph

 Hysteresis loss Ph = Kh Bmxf Kh = depends on volume and quality of the core material.

 Eddy current loss Pe = Ke Bm2 f2 Ke – depends volume and resistivity of the core material,
thickness of laminations.
 ‘x’ is steinbitz constant. For silicon steel steinbitz constant x = 1.6
 V= 2 f Nm
V = KfBm m  Bm A
V
 Bm 
f
x
V
 Ph = Kh f  
f 
Ph = Kh f1-x Vx ‘ph’ depends on both voltage & frequency.

Pe = KeV2  Eddy current loss at any given voltage is independent of frequency.

2.9 EFFICIENCY OF A TRANSFORMER:

output Power V2 I 2 cos 2
Efficiency = 
input Power V2 I 2 cos 2  Pc  I 2 2 re2
Input Power  losses
Input Power
d
= At max imum efficiency 
dI 2
 I 2 2 re 2  pc
* Max efficiency occurs when variable ohmic loss I22 re2 is equal to fixed core loss.

Pc Pc
I2 =  I fl This is load current at which Max. efficiency occurs
re 2 Full load cu loss
Pc
 I 2 E2  E2 I fl
Full load cu loss

core loss
* KVA load for maximum efficiency = (rated T/F KVA) 
ohmic loss at rated current

p c
(KVA)max = KVArated 2
I r
fl e 2

(KVA)max = x  KVArated
pc
x
full load cu loss
Where
Note: Ohmic loss at which max  occurs = x2  Full load cu loss = pc
 Maximum efficiency for a constant load current occurs at unity p.f .
 Power transformers are designed to have max. efficiency at full load.
 Distribution Transformers are designed to have less core loss and to have maximum efficiency
at half of the load
Energy output for 24 hours
 For distribution transformers All day efficiency =
Energy input for 24 hours

EXAMPLES

2.13) In a transformer, the core loss is found to be 52 watts at 40Hz, and 90 watts at 60Hz, hysteresis
and eddy current losses at 50Hz are
a) 20w, 30w b) 40w, 50w c) 45w, 25w d) 45w, 25w
Ans. (c)
Sol. Pcore α Khf + Kef2
 at 40Hz, 52=Kh(50) + Ke(50)2 ………….(1)
at 60Hz, 90 = Kh(60) + Ke(60)2 ………….(2)
9 1
 Kh  , Ke  from (1) and (2)
10 100
At 50Hz,
9
PHys =  50  45W
10
1
Peddy =  (50)2  25W
100

2.14) A 220V, 60Hz, 1- transformer has hysteresis’s loss of 340watts and eddy current loss of
120watts. If the transformer is operated from 230V, 50Hz. Supply, the total core loss is [Assume
steinmetz’s constant = 1.6]
a) 510W b) 524W c) 539W d) 545W
Ans. (c)
Sol. V1  4.44 f1 Bm1 Ai N
V1 f Bm1
  1
V2 f 2 Bm2
220  60  Bm1
  
230  50  Bm2
Bm2
  1.255
Bm1
Now, Hysteresis’s loss = Pn = KhfBm
Ph2 f 2 Bm2x  50  1.6
 x
 Ph2  (340)   1.255 = 408W
Ph1 f1 Bm1  60 
Eddy current loss = Pe  Kef 2 Bm 2
2 2
Pe2  f 22  Bm2   50  2
    Pe2  (120)   (1.255) = 131.3W
Pe1  f1  Bm1   60 
Total core loss = 408 + 131.3 = 539.3W
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 26 Electrical Machines
Institute

2.15) A 50KVA transformer has a full load UPF efficiency of 96%. It draws a no load power of 1KW.
The daily load cycle is as follows, full load 0.85P.f for 10 hours, ½ load 0.9p.f for 8 hours, quarter
full load 0.95 p.f. for 6 hours, the all-day energy efficiency of the transformer is
a) 91.1% b) 92.4% c) 93.6% d) 94.8%
Ans. (d)
Sol.
P(out), KW Hour W(out) kwh P(in) = P out + Pi+Pc W(in kwh)
42.5 10 425 42.5+1+1.08=44.58 445.8
22.5 8 180 22.5+1+(½)2  1.08=23.75 190
11.875 6 71.3 11.87+1+ (¼)2  1.08 = 12.94 77.6
676.3 713.4
676.3
( all day )   94.8%
713.4
2.16) For a distribution sub-station power transformer, operating at normal voltage and frequency and
with usual 24 hour urban domestic load-cycle, let the commercial efficiency c , and the all-day
efficiency be a . Under operating condition stated above, which of the following is correct?
a) c  a
b) c  a
c) c  a
d) c  a cannot be compared as they have different units.
Ans. (c)
2.17) A 220V/110V, 50Hz, 1-phase transformer having a negligible winding resistance operates from a
V
variable voltage, variable frequency supply such that is constant. This will bring in, in the
f
given range of frequencies
a) variation in both Peddy & Phys b) variation in Peddy & Phys constant
c) variation in Phys & Peddy constant d) no change either in Peddy & Phys
Ans. (a)
2.18) A 50Hz transformer having equal hysteresis and eddy current losses at rated excitation is operated
at 45Hz at 90% rated voltage compared to rated operating point, the core loss under this condition
a) reduces by 10% b) reduces by 10%
c) reduces by 14.5% d) remains unchanged
Ans. (c)
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 27 Transformers
Institute

Sol. Pcore  Ph  Pe
 V x f 1 x  V 2
Assume x = 2,
V2
Pcore V
f
with ‘f’ decrease by 10% i.e., 50 to 45 and ‘V’ decrease by 10%. i.e., V to 0.9V
Pcore decrease by 14.5%

2.10 O.C & S.C TESTS:

The power required during these tests is equal to the appropriate power loss occurring in the
Transformer. These tests are used for finding series and shunt branch parameters of the equivalent
circuit and to find efficiency of the transformer.

Open Circuit Test: (No load Test)

pc Ie
A

Open circuit
W
V ~

V1 V
LV HV

 All the meters connected on LV side and HV side is open circuited.

 Rated voltage is applied to LV side
 It draws only no load current Ie which is only 2 to 6% of rated current. Ohmic loss will be
around 0.04 to 0.36% of full load ohmic loss, which can be neglected. Hence watt meter
reading indicates core losses.
Pc = Core loss  Pc = V1 Ie cos 0
Pc
Cos 0 =
V1I e
Ic = Ie cos0 Im = Ie sin0
V1 V1
Rc = X = [These are the values referred to L.V side]
Ie Im

V12 Pc
Rc = or Rc 
Pc Ie2
 To get the turns ratio, voltmeter is connected at the open circulated secondary.
 O.C test gives (1) Core loss at rated voltage and frequency.
(2) Shut branch parameters
(3) Turns ratio

Short circuit test:

 LV side is short circuited and all the meters Isc Psc
are connected in HV side. A
 Applied voltage is adjusted to circulate SC
rated current in HV side. Rated current W
~
also flow in LV side [ N1I1 = N1I2]
 2 to 12% of voltage is sufficient to V
HV LV
circulate rated currents in the winding
 Hence core less will be approximately 0.04 to 0.36% [Pc & V2] a which can be treated as
negligible.
 Hence the wattmeter reading shows only copper losses of the transformer at circulating current.
psc
psc  I sc 2 rOH  rOH 
I sc 2
Vsc
Z OH   xOH  Z OH 2  rOH 2
I sc
 Hence by using this test we can find
(i) Copper losses.
(ii) Series branch parameters referred to HV side.
Separation of iron losses into hysteresis loss and eddy current loss;
In order to separate iron losses into hysteresis and eddy current losses, open circuit test should be
V
conducted with variable voltage and frequency such that 1  constant.
f
Frequency meter is also required as different frequencies are to be noted down for calculation of
hysteresis and eddy current losses.
V1
 constant  Bm  constant.
f
 w i  Af  Bf 2  w h  f and w e  f 2 when Bm is constant 

wi
  A  Bf
f
m = tan   slope of straight line = B
Hysteresis loss = A × frated
2
Eddy current loss = B  f rated

wi

f
A
f

1. Apply rated voltage and rated frequency and note down wattmeter and frequency meter readings.
V
2. Apply reduced voltage and less than rated frequency, such that 1  constant and note down
f
wattmeter and frequency meter readings.
V
Repeat step (2) for various values of V1 and f and by maintaining 1  constant.
f
w
 
3. Plot  i  vs f . The slope of the curve gives the constant B and the y-intercept gives the constant A.
 f 
2
Now calculate hysteresis loss at f rated  A  f rated and Eddy current loss at f rated  B  f rated

EXAMPLES
2.19) A 5KVA, 400/80V transformer Req(HV) = 0.25 and Xeq(HV) = 5 and a lagging load is being
supplied by it resulting in the following meter readings (meters are placed on the HV side)
I1 = 16A, V1 = 400V, P1 = 5KW. For this condition, what a voltmeter read if connected across the
load terminals. Assume the exciting current to be zero.
a) 61.9V b) 70.4V c) 79.3V d) 84.6V
Ans. (b)
Sol.
I1 = 16A
50

0.25
400V VL

P1 = 5kw

5  1000
cos 1   0.78  1  38.6o lagging
400 16
I1  16 38.6o

VL1  400 0o  16 78.6o (0.25  j 5)  347. j89.9

VL1  352

80
 V1  352   70.4V
400
2.20) Consider the following tests
1) Load test 2) S.C. Test 3) O.C. test 4) Retardation tests
Which of the above tests are to be conducted for the determination of voltage regulation of a
transformer?
a) 1 only b) 2 only c) 2 & 3 d) 3 & 4
Ans. (c)

2.11 RATING OF TRANSFORMER:

 Effective cooling in transformer will increase the rating of the transformer.

 The rating of machine depends on temperature rise of machine which in turn depends on the losses
taking place in a machine.
 In transformer,
Constant losses →depends on V
Variable losses →depends on I
Total losses → depends on V and I
transformer rating depends on  V  I  is VA rating

 As losses are independent on pf of load, the rating of machine can be decided based on losses.
 During manufacturing stage of the transformer the manufacturer doesn’t know the pf of load at
which the transformer is going to be operated. Therefore the manufacturer will design the
transformer based on voltage and current ratings of transformer

2.12 AUTO TRANSFORMERS:

 Primary and secondary are both
I1 A
electrically & magnetically coupled.
Some portion of winding is common I1
for both primary and secondary. B I2
V1
N1
I2 – I1 load
N2

I1 C I1

 MMF of winding AB = (N1 – N2) I1

= N1I1 – N2I1

= N2I2 – N2I1  N1I1  N 2 I 2 

= N2 (I2-I1)
= Which is MMF of winding BC.
 Hence, Transformer Action takes place between winding AB & BC.

Transformed VA V1  V2  I1
  1  K 
Input VA V1I1

Conducted VA
K
Input VA

(1) Weight of theconductor in auto T / F

1  K [K < I]
(2) Weight of conductor in 2 winding T / F

(1) = I1(N1–N2) + (I2 – I1) N2  Weight of conductor in Auto T/F

= 2 (I1N1 – I1 N2)
= 2 (N1–N2) I1
(2) = I1N1 + I2N2 = 2I1N1  Weight of conductor in 2 wdg T/F
1  1  K .
2
Saving of conductor Material if Auto T/F is used = Kx conductor weight in 2wdg T/F.

 Use of Auto T/F is economical when ‘K’ is nearer to unity.

 As conductor & core material is reduced, The device losses and core losses lowered
Therefore auto transformer shall have higher efficiency.
 Leakage flux & leakage reactance less.  It will have better voltage regulation.
 Disadvantage is direct electrical connection between primary and secondary.
 A two winding Transformer can be reconnected to act as an Auto Transformer.
If ‘X’ is the KVA rating of two winding Transformer.
 V 
Then KVA rating of Auto T/F is X 1  CW 
 VSW 
Where ‘VCW’ is common winding voltage. ‘VSW’ is series winding voltage.
 The KVA rating in case of Auto Transformer is improved because The power is Transformed
Inductively as well as conductively from primary to secondary as primary and secondary are
electrically and magnetically connected.

EXAMPLES

2.21) An auto transformer supplies a load of 3 kW at 115volts at a unity P.F. If the applied voltage is
230V, the power transferred to the load inductively and conductively are
a) 1kw, 1kw b) 2kw, 2kw c) 2.5kw, 2kw d) 1.5kw, 1.5kw
Ans. (d)
Sol. Power transferred inductively is = input (1 – k)
 115 
= 3 1   = 1.5kw
 230 
Power transformed conductively = Input(k )

 115 
= 3   1.5 kw
 230 

2.22) A 1 - , 10KVA, 2000/200V, 50Hz transformer is connected to form an auto transformer as shown
in the figure given below. What are the values of V1 & I2, respectively.
50A
+

I2
V1 +

2000V

– –
a) 1800V, 55A b) 2200V, 45A c) 1800V, 45A d) 7800V, 45A
Ans: (c)
Sol: V1 = 2000 – 200 = 1800V (due to opposite polarity connection)
(KVA)auto = 1800  50
1800  50
 I2   45 A
2000

2.23) A 2-winding transformer is converted into an auto-transformer. If we apply additive polarity and
subtractive polarity for the connection, then the secondary voltage is 2640V and 2160V
respectively. What is the ratio of primary to secondary voltage of the original transformer,
a) 66:54 b) 54:66 c) 10:1 d) 1:10

Ans. (c)
Sol. Assume V1(primary) > V1(secondary)
 V1 + V2 = 2640
V1 – V2 = 2160
 V1 = 2400V, V2 = 240V
 V1:V2 = 10:1

2.24) A 1- transformer has rating of 15KVA, 600/120V. It is recommended as an auto-transformer to

supply at 720V from a 600V primary source. The maximum load it can supply is
a) 90KVA b) 18KVA c) 15KVA d) 12KVA
Ans. (a)

Sol.

120V
720V

600V

15 K
 I2   125 A
120
720  125
 Output KVA =  90 KVA
1000

2.13 THREE-PHASE TRANSFORMER CONNECTIONS:

Three- phase transformers may have the following four standard connections:
(a) star-delta (Y-  ) (b) delta-star (   Y )
(c) delta-delta (    ) (d) star-star ( Y  Y )
Where V and I are taken as input line voltage and line current respectively.

(a) star-delta (Yd) connection.

 1 
 The insulation on the h.v. side of the transformer is stressed only to 57.74%    100  of line
 3 
to line voltage.
For per-phase m.m.f balance, I2 N 2  I1N1
Here primary phase current, I1 =primary line current I
N1
Secondary phase current, I2= I1  aI
N2

Secondary line current = 3I 2  [Link]

Also, voltage per turn on primary= voltage per turn on secondary
V 1 V
 2
.
3 N1 N 2
N2 V V
Secondary phase voltage, V2= . 
N1 3 a. 3
V V
Input VA= 3 I  output VA  3. . 3aI  3VI
3 a 3
Phase and line values for voltages and currents on both primary and secondary sides of star-delta
transformer are shown in below

I 3aI

I
V/ 3 V/ 3a
V
aI

b) delta-star (Dy) connection:

 This type of connection is used for stepping up the voltage to a high level. For example, these are
used in the beginning of h.v. transmission lines so that insulation is stressed to about 57.74% of
line voltage.
 Delta-star transformers are also generally ued as distribution transformers for providing mixed
line to line voltage to high- power equipment and line to neutral voltage to 1-phase low-power
equipment.
For per-phase m.m.f. balance, I2 N2  I1N 2

I
Hare primary phase current, I1  (primary line current I)
3
N1 I
Secondary phase current, I2  I1  a
N2 3
V2 V1
Also, 
N 2 N1
N2 V
Secondary phase voltage, V2  .V1 
N1 a
V
Secondary line voltage= 3.
a
I V I
Input VA= 3.V.  3VI  output VA  3. a  [Link]
3 a 3
Phase and line values for voltages and currents on primary as well as secondary sides of a 3- phase
delta-star transformer are shown in below.
aI
I 3

aI
3 V/a 3V
V
I a
3

(b) Delta-delta (Dd) connections:

 This scheme of connections is used for large l.v. transformers. It is because a delta-connected
winding handles line voltage, so it requires more turns per phase but of smaller cross- sectional
area. The absence of star point may be a disadvantage in some applications.
 In case a bank of three transformers is used, then one transformer can be removed for maintenance
purposes while the remaining two transformers (called an open-delta or V-connection) can still
deliver 58% of the power delivered by the original 3-phase transformer bank.
For per-phase m.m.f. balance, I2 N 2  I1N1
1
Primary phase current, I1  (primary line current I)
3
N1 aI
Secondary phase current, I2  I1 
N2 3

 aI 
Secondary line current = 3   aI
 3
V2 V1
Also 
N 2 N1
N2 V
Secondary phase voltage, V2  V1  (here V1  V)
N1 a
V
Secondary line voltage, = V2 
a
I V aI
Input VA  3V.  output VA  3. .  3VI
3 a 3
Phase and line values for voltages and currents on both primary and secondary sides of a 3-phase
delta-delta transformer are shown in below
I aI

1 V/a
V aI
3
3

(c) Star-star (Yy) connection:

 This connection is used for small h.v. transformers. As stated before, with star connection, turns
per phase are minimum and the winding insulation is stressed to 57.74% of line voltage. Star- star
connection is rarely used in practice because of oscillatory neutral problems.
For per-phase m.m.f balance, I2 N 2  I1N1
Primary phase current, I1  primary line current, I
N1
Secondary phase current, I2  I1  aI
N2
= secondary line current
N V
Secondary phase voltage, V2 2 V1 
N1 3a
V V
Secondary line voltage, = 3V2  3. 
3.a a
V V
Input VA  3. .I  output VA  3. .aI  3 VI
3 3.a

I I
V/ V/ 3a
V V/a

EXAMPLES

2.25) Three single phase 11000/220V transformers are connected to form a 3phase transformer bank.
High voltage side is connected in star, and low voltage side is in delta. What are the voltage
ratings and turn ratio of 3-phase transformer?
a) 19052/220V, 50 b) 19052/220V, 50 3
c) 11000/381V, 50 3 d) 11000/220V, 50
Ans. (b)
Sol. V1  1100 3V (star connection)
V2  220V (delta connection)
 V1  V2  19052 : 220V and
N1 V1
  50 3
N 2 V2

2.26) The phase displacement between primary and secondary voltages for a star-delta, 3-phase
transformer connection shown below is
a) 30 lagging b) 30 leading c) 0 d) 180

Ans. (a)

2.27) Two single phase transformers with turns ratio’s 1 and 2 respectively are connected to a 3-phase
supply on the primary side as shown in figure. The voltmeter V2 will read
A
1000
B V2

100-120
C
a) 100V b) 173V c) 200V d) 265V
Ans. (b)
Sol. V2  100 0o  100 120o  150  86.0 j  VL

 V2  172.90  173V

2.14 SCOTT CONNECTION OF TRANSFORMER:

(T- connection)
 This connection is used for the conversion of 3 supply to 2 supply or vice versa ----

R
Treasure transformer

V1
3
N1 N2
2

S
B
N1/2 N1/2
Main transformer
V1
N2

‘S’ is the Mid point of the primary of Main T/F. [‘S’ is the star point].
Magnitude of line voltage is ‘V1’.
Let VRY is reference phasor.
 VRY = V100 = V
VYB = V1–1200
& VBR = V11200
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 40 Electrical Machines
Institute

1 V1
VYS  VYB    1200
2 2
1 V
VBS   V1  1200  600
2 2
VRY = VRS + VSY
= VRS – VYS
VRS = VRY + VYS
V1
= V1    1200
2
V1  1 3 
= V1    j
2  2 2 

 1 3 
= V1 1   j
 4 4 
3 3 
= V1   j
4 4 
3 3 1  3
= V1   j   V1 cos 30  j sin 30
2  2 2  2

3
= V1   300
2
3
 On looking at VRS & VYB, VRS  V1 & VYB  V1 and both are in quadrature. [VRS in leading
2
with VYB]
V1
 The volt / turn in the primary of main T/F is equal to if the main T/F primary has N1 turns.
N1
 In order that the volt / turn in the primary of teaser T/F is also equal to V1/N1, the teaser T/F
3
should have N1 turns in its primary.
2
 In such case if the secondaries of both the transformers have same no. of turns, then the
secondary terminal voltages of the two T/Fs will be in equal magnitude and the teaser secondary
voltage will also be in leading quadrature with the main T/F secondary voltage ….
 This implies that the secondary terminal voltages of 2 T/Fs constitute a balanced the phase
system.
 The converse also true by providing balanced 2 supply that can give balanced 3 supply.

To find Neutral point :-

V1
VRN    30 0 [From definition of neutral point & VRY reference]
3
Definition: of Neutral point :- It is a point with reference to which all the lines will have same
voltage.
Note :- The Neutral point on 3 - side divides the R
teaser primary in the ratio 2 :1 from the line side.
VRN is in phase with VRS :
2:1 from side to
VRN V1 / 3 N star point
 2/3
VRS 3
V
2 1

S
VRN = 2/3 VRS
VNS = VRS – VRN
1
= VRS
3
VRN
2
VNS
‘N’ divides teaser primary internally in the 2 : 1 ratio’s from line side to star point.
2.15 POINTS IN V – V :

 2
1) Total load carried by V – V bank is 57.7% of  bank  Not  (i.e. reduction of 15% from
 3
normal rating)
2) If 3 single phase transformers of 10KVA each connected in  and one T/F is removed then it
runs in V-V.
Capacity is not 20 KVA
1 1
It is  30  17.32 KVA i.e KVAVV  KVA
3 3

3 3
Or  20 17.32  0.866  20 i.e KVAVV  KVAavailable
2 2
VV Capacity 1
  57.7%
  capacity 3

3) The average p.f at which V-V bank operates is less than that of load.
The p.f. is actually 86.6% of the balanced load p.f.
 57.5 
 66.6   0.866 gives p.f at which the two T/F operate when the local is at UPF.

4) If the load power factor is unity (UPF) then the two T/F in VV operates at 0.866p.f.
5) The  T/F bank supplying particular load, if any one T/F bank fails, then each of the
remaining T/F’s will be over loaded by 3 times i.e. 1.732 times.
6) If two T/F’s are operated in V-V and loaded to rated capacity, the addition of a 3rd T/F increase
the total capacity by 173.2% [or by 3 ]. Thus the increase in cost of 50% for a 3 rd T/F the
capacity of the system raised by 73.2% in converting a V-V system to a  -  system.
2.16 PARALLEL OPERATION OF 1 TRANSFORMERS :
When electric power is supplied to a locality or area, single T/F may not be capable of handling
the required power demand. In such cases it is preferable to install two or more transformers in
parallel.

Advantages of parallel operation of T/F’s :-

1. Power system becomes more reliable. If one T/F fails, the other transformer can maintain the
power flow, though at reduced level.
2. Transformers can be switched off or ‘on’ depending upon the power demand. In this case the
system becomes more economical and efficient in operation.
3. The cost of stand by (or spare) unit is much less when two or more transformers are installed.

Conditions for satisfactory parallel operation:

1. The transformers must have the same voltage ratios.
2. The equivalent leakage impedances should be inversely proportional to their respective KVA
ratings. In other words the per unit leakage impedances of the transformers must be equal.
x 
3. The ratio of equivalent leakage reactance to equivalent resistance  e  should be same for all
 re 
the transformers.
4. The transformers must be connected with proper polarity.
 Condition (4), (1) must be strictly fulfilled, otherwise, the secondary terminals connected with
wrong polarities, causes large circulating currents which can damage the Transformers. If the
voltage ratios are not equal, different secondary voltage would cause circulating currents
 For conditions (2) and (3) some deviation is permissible.

 Due to TIF action this circulating current will flow both in primaries and secondaries.
 The circulating current causes additional ohmic losses in the transformers and therefore
reduces the efficiency of parallel connected transformers.

Case (1): On load & equal voltage ratios:

E a  E b [ Equal voltage ratios]

The
Ea – IaZea = V  (1)
Eb – Ib Zeb = V  (2)
Zea Zea
Ia Ia

I I
Zeb + Zeb
Ib

Ea Ib
~ V Z Z
~ Eb ~ E a = Eb V

From (1) and (2) Ia Zea Ib Zeb

Z ea
 Ib  Ia
Z eb
I a Zea
I = Ia + Ib = Ia +
Zeb
I Z eb
Ia =
Z ea  Z eb
IZea
Ib =
Zea  Zeb
On Multiplying both sides by ‘V’
Z eb
VI a  VI
Z ea  Z eb
S Z eb
Sa    3
Z ea  Z eb

Z ea
VI b  VI
Z ea  Z eb
S Z ea
Sa    4
Z ea  Z eb

Where ‘S’ is total load KVA ‘Sa’ is KVA load shared by transformer ‘a’
‘Sb’ is KVA load shared by transformer ‘b’.

Case (2): On load & unequal voltage ratios:

Ea  Eb (Assume Ea > Eb
Ea – Ia Zea = (Ia + Ib)Z = V  (1)
Eb – Ib Zeb = (Ia + Ib)Z = V  (2)
Ea – Eb = Ia Zea – Ib Zeb
I a Z ea  ( Ea  Eb )
Ib 
Z ab
I a Zea Z ( Ea  Eb ) Z
Ea  I a Zea  I a Z  
Z ab Z ab
Ea Ea  Eb
Ia  
ZZ ea Z Z
Zea  Z  Z ea  Z eb  ea eb
Z eb Z

Ea Z eb  Ea  Eb  Z
Ia    5
Z  Z ea  Z eb   Z ea Z eb Z ea Z eb  Z  Z ea  Z eb 

Eb Z ea  Ea  Eb  Z
Ib    6
Z  Z ea  Z eb   Z ea Z eb Z ea Z eb  Z  Z ea  Z eb 

In equations (5) and (6)

2nd term indicates circulating current under load.
For the terminal voltage :
 1 1 1 E E
V    a  b  7
 Z ea Z eb Z  Z ea Z eb
To express Ia, Ib in terms of load current:
Ea – Eb = Ia Zea – Ib Zeb.
 Ia Zea = Ib Zeb + (Ea – Eb)

Addition of Ia Zeb on both sides.

Ia (Zea + Zeb) = (Ia + Ib) Zeb + Ea – Eb.
Zeb E  Eb
Ia  I   a   8
Z ea  Z eb Z ea  Z eb
Z ea E  Eb
Similarly Ib  I  a  9
Zea  Z eb Z ea  Z eb

 The effect of circulating current is to reduce the power factor and increase the current shared by
the T/F(circulating current is equal to the difference of emfs divided by the local circuit)

Examples
2.28) For the system shown in given figure, the phase relation of current I w.r.t the voltage VAB is
A C

I
Pure inductive load

B D
a) zero b) 90 lead c) 90 lag d) 180
Ans. (c)
Sol.
VCD VAB
90

I
2.29) Two transformers with identical voltage ratings are working in parallel to supply a common load.
The percentage impedance of one transformer is higher compared to that of the other. The load
sharing between the two transformer will
a) be proportionate to their % impedances
b) be independent of their % impedances
c) be inversely proportional to their respective impedance
d) depend on the resistance to leakage reactance ratio of each transformer.
Ans. (c)

2.30 Two transformer are connected in parallel at no-load. One has a turn ratio of 5000/440 and a rating
of 200KVA, the other has a ratio of 5000/480 and a rating of 300KVA, the leakage reactance in
each is 3.5%. The no-load circulating current expressed as a percent the nominal current of the
200KVA transformer is
a) 1.55 times of normal current of 200KVA unit
b) 1.66 times of normal current of 200KVA unit
c) 1.77 times of normal current of 200KVA unit
d) 1.88 times of normal current of 200KVA unit
Ans. (a)
Sol: Normal current are
103 103
200   455 A and 350   730 A
440 480
Reactance seen from the secondary side are
3.5 440 3.5 480
  0.034;   0.013
100 455 100 730
The difference in induced voltage is 40V.
The circulating current is
40
Ic   704 A  1.55 times the normal current of 200KVA unit.
0.057

2.31) Two single-phase transformers rated 1000 kVA and 500 kVA have per unit leakage impedance of
(0.02 + j0.06) and (0.025 + j 0.08) respectively. What is the largest kVA load that can be delivered
by the parallel combination of these two transformers without over loading any one?
Sol: For transformer 1 of 1000 kVA,
ze1 = (0.02 + j0.06) pu
For transformer 2 of 500 kVA,
Ze2 = (0.025 + j 0.08) pu
Choose a base of 1000 kVA.
Ze1= 0.02 + j0.06 = 0.0632571.565o
1000
Ze2= 0.025  j 0.08  0.1676372.4646o
500
Ze1 + Ze2 = 0.07 + j0.22 = 0.230972.35o

z e2
S1 = .S
z e1  z e 2
0.2309
 Total kVA load, S = 1000   1377.44 kVA
0.16763
0.2309
Similarly, S = 500   1825.3 kVA
0.06325
On per unit basis ze1 (=0.06325) based on its own kVA rating is less than z e2(= 0.0838) based on
its own kVA rating. Therefore, as the load on the parallel combination is increased, transformer 1
reaches its load of 1000 kVA first. So transformer 2 shares a load of 1377.44 – 1000 = 377.44
kVA.
 Largest possible load on two transformers is 1377.44 kVA

Examples
2.32) The ratio of the no. of turns per phase in the primary, secondary and tertiary winding of a
transformer is 10:2:1 with lagging current of 45A at p.f 0.8 in the secondary and 50A at power
factor 0.71 is the tertiary, the primary current and P.f are
a) 14A, 0.12 b) 19A, 0.77 c) 19A, 0.12 d) 14A, 0.77
Ans: (d)
Sol. T1 : T2 : T3  10 : 2 :1
T2 T
Total primary current =  45(0.8  j 0.6) + 3  50(0.71  j 0.70)
T1 T2

= 9  0.8  j 0.6   5  0.78  j 0.70 

= 14 39.6o
I = 14A,
P.f = cos39.6 = 0.77

2.33) Two coils with self inductance of 1H and 4H have mutual inductance of 1H, the coefficient of
coupling is
a) 0 b) ½ c) 1 d) 2
Ans: (b)

2.34) A transformer having transformation ratio 3:1, has an impedance of 1  j 5  on the l.v. side and

 9  j 45   on the h.v side. The total equivalent impedance at the h.v terminals is

a) 18 + j90 b) 2 + j10 c) 10 + j50 d) 8 + j40

Ans: (a)
Sol: Impedance on H.V side = 9 + j 45
Impedance on L.V side = (1. + j5)
V2 N 2  1 
Transformation ratio K    
V1 N1  3 
Now when seen to primary,
(1  j5)
 9  j 45   (9  j 45)  (9  j 45)
(1/ 3)2
= 18 + j90

2.35) If the secondary winding of the ideal transformer has 40 turns, the no of turns in the primary winding
for maximum power transfer to the 2 resistor will be, [if primary having resistance 8]
a) 20 b) 40 c) 80 d) 160
Ans: (c)
Sol.
8

40 2

max. Power transfer occurs, when

source impedance = load impedance.
When seen in secondary, the primary impedance, charger to
8 (k)2 = 2
2
 40 
8   2
 x 
48  40  40
x
2
x = 80.

2.36) A 33KVA, 2200/220V, 50Hz 1-  transformer has the following parameters,

Primary winding resistance r1  2.4 , leakage reactance x1 = 6.00

Secondary winding resistance r2  0.03 , leakage reactance x2 = 0.07

The voltage to be applied on the h.v. side, in order to obtain a short circuit current of 160A in the
l.v winding is
a) 220V b) 225V c) 230V d) 235V
Ans: (b)
Sol: Ze1  5.4  j13

Ze1  5.42  132  14.08

Von h.v side = (16)Ze1
= 225.28 volts

2.37) An ideal transformer has a primary winding of 200turns. On the secondary side, the no of turns
between A and B is 600 and between B and C is 400. The transformer supplier a resistor
connected between A and C which draws 10KW. Further a load of 200045 is connected
between A and B. The primary voltage is 2KV. The primary current is
a) 12.56A b) 13.02A c) 14.56A d) 16.78A
Ans. (b)
Sol:
200045
I1
600
2KV 200 10kw
400 IL2

1000
VAC   2 K  10 KV
200
10 KV
I L1   1 0o A
10 K 
600
VAB   2  6 KV
200
6k
IL2   3 45o A
2000 45o

I BA  iL1  iL2  1  3 45o  3.12  j 2.12 A

Secondary AT = 600(3.12 – j2.12A) + 400(1 + j0)

= 2272 – j1272
2272  j1272
Primary current = I1 
200
= 11.36 – j6.36
 I1  13.02 A

2.38) The voltage applied to the primary of a 1 -  transformer at no load is given by V = 200cot +
8cos3t. If the primary has 300 turns, the maximum value of the flux in the core for a
fundamental frequency of 50Hz is
a) 1.2mwb b) 2mwb c) 1.8mwb d) 47.3mwb
Ans: (c)
Sol: RMS value of fundamental component of emf,
200
E1   100 2
2
RMS value of third harmonic component of emf
80
E3   40 2
2
Peak value of fundamental component of flux,
E1 141.42
1max    2.12mwb
4.44 fN1 4.44  50  50  300
Peak value of third harmonic component of flux,
E3 56.57
3max    0.2883mwb
3  4.44 fN1 3  4.44  50  300
Max value of flux in the core,
max  1max  3max = 2.12 – 0.283 = 1.837mwb

Class Room Practice Questions

LEVEL - 1
01. Two transformer of different KVA ratings working in parallel share the load in proportion to their
ratings when their
a) Per unit leakage impedance on the same KVA base are the same
b) Per unit leakage impedance on their respective ratings are equal
c) Ohmic values of the leakage impedance are inversely proportional to their rating
d) Ohmic values of the magnetizing reactance’s are the same.

02. A Buchholz relay is used for

a) Protection of a transformer against all internal faults
b) Protection of a transformer against all external faults
c) Protection of a transformer against both internal and external faults
d) Protection of induction motors.

03. Two transformer of identical voltage but of different capacities are operating in parallel for
satisfactory load sharing?
a) Impedances must be equal
b) Per unit impedances must be equal
c) Per unit impedance and X/R ratios must be equal
d) Impedances and X/R ratios must be equal

04. Keeping the view the requirement of parallel operation, which of the 3 – phase connections given
are possible?
a) delta – delta to delta – star b) delta – delta to star – delta
c) star – star to delta – delta d) delta – star to star – delta

05. The efficiency of a 100KVA transformer is 0.98 at full as well as at half load. For this transformer
at full load the cu loss?
a) Is less than the core loss b) Is equal to core loss
c) Is more than core loss d) None of these

06. The hysteresis loop of a magnetic material has an area of 5cm2 with the scales given as 1cm = 2AT
and 1cm = 50mwb. At 50Hz, the total hysteresis loss is?
a) 15w b) 20w c) 25w d) 50w

07. A 500KVA, 3- phase transformer has iron losses of 300w and full load cu losses of 600w. The
percentage load at which the transformer is expected to have maximum efficiency is?
a) 50% b) 70.7% c) 141.4% d) 200%

08. A sinusoidal emf

a) lags the flux including it by 1800 b) lags the flux including it by 900
c) leads the flux including it by 900 d) leads the flux including it by 1800

09. The no load current of transformer in terms of full load current is usually
a) 2 to 5% b) 3 to 9% c) 9 to 12% d) 12 to 20%

10. At every instant the direction of secondary current in a transformer must be such as to oppose any
change in flux. This is in accordance with
a) faradays law b) joules law c) lenzs law d) coulombs law

11. What type core is used for high frequency transformer?

a) open iron core b) air core c) closed iron core d) aluminum core

12. Which of the following is a correct statement about eddy current

a) eddy currents improve the efficiency of a motor
b) eddy currents do not influence the movement
c) eddy current heat up the parts
d) eddy currents are used for arc welding

13. The full load cu loss and iron loss of a transformer are 6400 watts and 5000W respectively. The
above cu loss and iron loss at half load will be
a) 3200W, 2500W respectively b) 3200W, 5000W respectively
c) 1600W, 1250W respectively d) 1600W, 5000W respectively

14. The full load cu loss of any transformer working at UPF is Wc watts, the cu loss at 0.8PF will be
a) Wc watts b) 0.8Wc watts c) Wc / 0.82 d) 0.82 Wc watts

15. A transformer is working at its maximum efficiency. Its iron loss is 500W. Its cu loss will be?
a) 250W b) 300W c) 400W d) 500W

16. Two transformer A and B same type with all linear dimensions in the ratio x : 1 and having the same
flux density, current density, frequency and window space factor. The o/p of transformer A and B
are in the ratio. Of
a) x : 1 b) x2 : 1 c) x3 : 1 d) x4 : 1

17. Oil natural cooling with tubes is used for the transformer of capacity of
a) 30KVA b) 500KVA c) 750KVA d) 3000KVA

18. Which of the following methods is used for cooling of transformer up to a capacity of 10MVA
a) oil natural cooling b) air blast cooling c) forced oil cooling d) None of these

19. In a 1 – phase core type transformer, the winding leakage inductances are kept low by
a) Increasing the cross sectional dimensions of the core
b) Sandwiching the Lv and Hv --- on both limbs
c) Placing Lv on the one limb and the Hv on the other
d) placing half Lv and Hv on each core limbs

20. In a transformer flux phasor,

a) Leads the induced emf phasor by 900
b) Lags the induced emf phasor by 900
c) Is in phase with the induced emf
d) Is in phase opposition to the induced emf phasor

21. If the applied voltage of a transformer is increased by 50% while its frequency is reduced to 50% the
core density will
a) Become three times b) Become ¾ c) Become 1/3 d) Remain the same

22. During SC test the power drawn by the primary winding is predominantly absorbed by
a) cu loss b) core loss
c) cu loss and core loss d) eddy current loss and hysteresis loss

23. In a transformer zero regulation is achieved at a load PF which is

a) Leading b) Lagging c) Unity d) Zero

24. A 200/100V transformer has pu impedance of 0.05. The voltage needed to be applied on the HV
side to circulate full load current during short circuit test is
a) 5V b) 10V c) 100V d) 200V

25. If R = equivalent resistance, x = equivalent reactance, P1 = core loss, the current at which the
transformer efficiency is maximum is given by
a) X / Pi b) R / Pi c) Pi / X d) Pi / R

26. A transformer transforms

a) Frequency b) Voltage c) Current d) Voltage and Current

27. Coupling between the two windings of a transformer can be increased by

a) Increasing the number of turns in the two windings
b) Increasing the primary voltage
c) Inter leaving the windings on a common core of low reluctance
d) Reducing the insulation of the two windings

28. In a two winding transformer, the emf per turn in secondary winding is always --- the induced emf
per turn in primary
a) equal to K times b) equal to 11KV times c) equal to d) grater than

29. For a 1.15KVA, 460/230V transformer connected to a standard single phase 50Hz supply, the no
load current likely to be --- amp
a) 1.25 b) 0.5 c) 0.1 d) 2

30. The ordinary transformer efficiency is maximum when

a) It runs at half full load b) It runs at full load
c) Its cu loss equals iron loss d) It runs over loads

31. The O/P current corresponding to maximum efficiency for a transformer having core loss of 100W
and equivalent resistance referred to secondary of 0.28 ohm is --- amp
a) 20 b) 25 c) 5 d) 400

32. Transformer are rated in KVA instead of KW because

a) Load PF is often not known
b) KVA is fixed where as KW depends on load PF
c) Total transformer loss depends on volt – amperes.
d) It has become

33. A 10 resistive load is to be impedance matched by a transformer to a source with 6250 at
internal resistance. The ratio at primary to secondary turns at transformer should be
a) 10 b) 15 c) 20 d) 25

34. The core is build up of thin soft-iron (or) silicon steel laminations to
a) Decrease the size of machine
b) Provide path of low reluctance to the magnetic flux
c) Give mechanical strength
d) Decrease the cost of manufacturing

35. The frequency of induced EMF in the secondary windings is

a) Greater than that of supply voltage b) Equal to that of supply voltage
c) Less than that of supply voltage d) None of these

36. For a given cross-sectional area of transformer core, stepped cores are used
a) To reduce the magnetizing current
b) To reduce core loss
c) To provide more mechanical strength to core
d) To reduce the conductor material & I2R loss

37. The efficiency of a transformer is ______ at the same load at 0.8 pf lag and 0.8 p.f lead.
a) More b) Same c) less d) None of these

38. The core of a transformer should be

a) Highly permeable b) Less permeable c) It doesn’t matter d) None of the above

39. If a transformer primary is energized from a square wave voltage source, then its output voltage will
be
a) Zero b) A sine wave c) A triangular wave d) A pulsed wave

40. A 1000KVA, 50KV/40KV single-phase autotransformer is fully loaded. The current in the common
section of the winding will be,
a) 2A b) 3A c) 4A d) 5A

0 0
41. The load on a transformer is 2 0  or 2 20 . The efficiency at the transformer will be
0 0
a) Greater for a load at 2 0  b) Greater for a load at 2 20 
c) The same for two loads d) data insufficient.

42. The iron loss at a transformer at 400HZ is low. Assuming that eddy current and hysteresis losses
vary as the square of flux density, the iron loss at the transformer at rated voltage but at 50HZ would
be
a) 80 b) 640 c) 1.25 d) 100

43. The voltage applied to the h.v. side at a transformer during short circuit test is 2% at its rated
voltage. The core loss will be… percent at the rated core loss.
a) 4 b) 0.4 c) 0.25 d) 0.04

44. An auto transformer having a transformation ratio at 0.8 supplies a load at 3KW. The power
transferred conductively from primary to secondary is…KW.
a) 0.6 b) 2.4 c) 1.5 d) 0.27

45. The percentage over – loading at two 20-KVA transformers when supplying a balanced 3- load at
40KVA in a V – V band is … percent.
a) 15 b) 57.7 c) 73.2 d) 33.3

46. Pick the correct one,

a) Cu loss varies inversely with P.f. b) Cu loss varies directly with P.f
c) No relation between Cu loss & P.f d) None of the above

47. Transformer cores laminated in order to

a) Reduce the cost of construction b) Reduce eddy current loss
c) Reduce hysteresis loss d) Simplify its construction

48. Instrument transformers are used on ac circuit to ______ of ammeters, voltmeters and wattmeter’s
etc.
a) Protection b) Extend the range
c) Disabling the function d) Change the current path

LEVEL - 2

01. The hysteresis and eddy current losses of a 1 – phase transformer working on 200V, 50Hz supply p h
and pe respectively. The percentage decrease in these, when operated on a 160V, 40Hz supply is
a) 32,36 b) 20,36 c) 25,50 d) 40,80

02. The maximum efficiency of a 3-phase, 11000/400V, 500VA transformer is 98.8% and occurs at
80% full load, unity PF. Its % impedance is 4.5% load PF is now varied while the load current and
the supply voltage are held constant at their rated values. Determine the load PF at which the
secondary terminal voltage is minimum
a) 0.21lag b) 0.21lead c) 0.169 lag d) 0.169 lead

03. A 220/440V, 50Hz, 5KVA, 1 – phase transformer operates on 220V, 40Hz supply with secondary
winding, then
a) The eddy current loss and hysteresis loss of the transformer decrease
b) The eddy current loss and hysteresis loss of the transformer increase
c) The hysteresis loss of the transformer increases while eddy current loss remains the same.
d) The hysteresis loss remains the same where as eddy current loss decreases.

04. Short circuit test is conducted on 5KVA, 400/100V, 1-Phase, transformer with the 100V winding
shorted. The input voltage at full load current is 40V, the watt meters on the input side reads 250W.
Find the PF for which regulation at full load zero.
a) 0.823 b) 0.866 c) 0.845 d) 0.735

05. A 4KVA, 50Hz, 1 – phase transformer has a ratio 200/400V. The data taken on the L.V side at the
rated voltage show that the open circuit input wattage is 80W. The mutual inductance between the
primary and secondary winding 1.91H. What value will be the current taken by the transformer if
the no load test is conducted on the H.V side at rated voltage? Neglect the effect winding resistance
and leakage reactance?
a) 0.3312A b) 0.3334A c) 0.3338A d) 0.2134A

06. A 25KVA, 50Hz, 1 – phase, 24000/240V distribution transformer has the following parameters
referred to the low voltage side?
Total series impedance = (0.1 + j1.0)
Shunt conductance = 0.012mho
Shunt susceptance =0.09mho
i) When the transformer is operated at 240V and is supplying a unity PF load determine the
maximum efficiency and the load at which it occurs

ii) Is the load is changed to zero power factor load, calculate the load VA at which both the primary
supply voltage and secondary output voltage are at their nominal values
a) 93.2%, 10KVA b) 93.6%, 12KVA c) 93.5%, 20KVA d) 92.5%, 12KVA

07. A voltage V = 400sin 314.16t is applied to a 1 – phase transformer on no load. If the no load
current of the transformer is 2sin (314t – 850), the magnetization branch impedance will be
approximately equal to

a) 141900 b) 200  850 c)200850 d ) 282  800

08. A3 – phase transformer bank consists of three identical 2300/230V, 15KVA, 1 – phase transformer
connect in delta/delta. The bank supplies a 20KVA, unity PF, 3 – phase load. If one of the 1 –
phase transformer develops a fault and is removed, the load carried by each of the two transformer
now operating in open delta will be --- KVA.
a) 20KVA b) 30KVA c) 10KVA d) 40KVA

09. In a 50KVA, 11KV/400V transformer, the iron and copper losses are 500W and 60W respectively
under rated conditions. Calculate the efficiency on UPF at full load. Find the load for maximum
effiency and the iron and copper losses corresponding to this load?
a) 96.75%41.2A b) 98.75%, 42.34A c) 97.85%, 45.64A d) 97.65%, 45.64A

10. The percentage resistance and percentage reactance of 10KVA, 400/200V, 3 – phase transformer are
2% and 10% respectively. If the constant losses in the machine are 1%, the maximum possible
percentage efficiency of the transformer is?
a) 98.32 b) 97.25 c) 96.85 d) 96.12

11. A 10KVA, 400/200V, 1 – phase, transformer with a percentage resistance of 3% and reactance of
6% is supplying a current of 50A to a resistance load. The value of the load voltage is?
a) 194V b) 390V c) 192V d) 196V

12. Two 1 – phase transformer A and B have the following parameters

Transformer A : 400/200V, %R and %X are 3% and 4% respectively
Transformer B : 5KVA, 400/200V, %R and %X are 4% and 3% respectively
These two transformers are connected in parallel and they share a common load of 12Kw at a PF of
0.8 lagging. Determine the active and reactive power delivered by a transformer?
a) 7.34Kw, 6.72KVAR b) 6.40Kw, 5.73KVAR
c) 7.40Kw, 6.73KVAR d) 6.41Kw, 5.72KVAR
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 59 Transformers
Institute

13. A 3 – phase delta/star transformer is supplied at 6000V on the delta – connection side.
The terminal voltage on the secondary side when supplying full load at 0.8 lagging PF is 415V. The
equivalent resistance and reactance drops for the transformer are 1% and 5% respectively. The turns
ratio of the transformer is?
a) 14 b) 24 c) 42 d) 20

14. An ideal transformer has a linear B – H characteristics with a finite slope and a turns ratio of 1 : 1
the primary of the transformer is energized with an ideal current source, producing the signal I as
shown in fig. Sketch the slope (neglecting the scale factor) of the following signals, labeling the
time axis clearly?

a) The core flux OC with the secondary of the transformer open
b) The open circulated secondary terminal voltage V2(t)
c) The short circuited secondary current i2 (t) and
d) The core flux SC with the secondary of the transformer.

15. Figure (a) shows an ideal three winding transformer the three windings 1,2,3 of the transformer are
wound on the same core as shown. The turns ratio N1 : N2 : N3 is 4:2:1 a resistor of a 10ohm is
connected across winding – 2. A capacitor of reactance 2.5 ohm is connected across winding – 3.
Winding – 1, is connected across a 400V, ac supply. If the supply voltage phasor V1 = 400 00 the
supply current phasor I1 is given by?

a) (-10 + j10)A b) (-10 – j10)A c) 10 + j10)A d) (10 – j10)A

16. A 50KVA, 3300/230V 1 – phase transformer is connected as an auto transformer shown fig (a).
The nominal rating of the auto transformer will be

a) 50KVA b) 53.5KVA c) 717.4KVA d) 767.4KVA

17. The resistance and reactance of 100KVA, 11000/400V,  - Y distribution transformer are 0.02 and
0.07 pu respectively. The phase impedance of the transformer referred to the primary is?
a) (0.02 + j0.07) b) (0.55 + j1.925) c) (15.125 + j52.94) d) (72.6 + j254.1)

18. A transformer designed for operation o 60Hz supply is worked on 50Hz supply system without
changing its voltage and current ratings. When compared with full load efficiency at 60Hz, the
transformer efficiency on full load at 50Hz will full load efficiency at 60Hz, the transformer
efficiency on full load at 50Hz will.
a) Increase marginally b) Increase by a factor of 1.1
c) Remain unaltered d) Decrease marginally

19. If the secondary winding of the ideal transformer of the circuit shown in the below has 40turns, then
for maximum power transfer to the 2ohm resistor, the number of turns required in the primary
winding will be

a) 20 b) 40 c) 80 d) 120

20. The low voltage winding at a 400/200V, 1 – phase, 50Hz transformer is to be connected to a 25Hz
supply. In order to keep the magnetization current at the same level as that for 50Hz supply at
25Hz. The supply should be
a) 230V b) 160V c) 115V d) 65V

21. A 50Hz transformer having equal and eddy current losses at rated excitation is operated at 45Hz at
90% of its rated voltage compared to rated operating point. The core losses under this condition?
a) reduce by 10% b) reduce by 19% c) reduce by 14.5% d) remain changed

22. A 3 – phase, Y -  transformer has per phase turn ratio K and line voltage ratio K1 if the voltage of
 winding lags the voltage of Y winding by an angle , then K, K1 and  are related as?
a) K1 = K and  = -300 b) K1 = K/3 and  = -300
c) K1 = 3 K and  -300 d) K1 = K 3 and  = -300

23. A 25KVA, 50Hz, 1 – phase, 2400/240V, distribution transformer has the following parameters
referred to the low voltage side with total side impedance = (0.1 + j1) ohm
Shunt conductance = 0.012mho Shunt susceptance = 0.09mho
When the transformer operated at 240V, and is supplying a unity power factor load the maximum
efficiency is
a) 93.5% b) 90.4% 97.3% d) 88.7%

24. In an ideal transformer

a) The primary and secondary AT are always equal and aid each other round the core
b) The primary and secondary AT are always equal but oppose each other round the core
c) The primary AT < secondary AT at light load
d) The primary AT> secondary AT at heavy load.

25. A transformer maximum efficiency at full load, compare its all day efficiency, when operated
i) Full load all the day ii) Full load half the day and half load half the day
iii) Full load half the day and no load half the day
Tick the correct answer from below
a) Efficiency (all day) will be the same in all the three cases
b) Efficiency will be highest in case (i) and lowest in case (ii)
c) Efficiency will be lowest in case (i) and highest in case (iii)
d) Efficiency will be highest in case (I) and lowest in case (iii)

26. Compare the weights of copper used in a two winding transformer and an auto transformer having
the same voltage ratio and KVA rating. Assume fixed specific current density in winding
conductors and same voltage/ turn. Tick the correct answer below in respect of Gauto/GTW (G =
copper weight)
a) 1 + V2/V1, b) 1 + V1/V2 c) 1 – V1/V2 d) 1-V2/V1

27. A 15KVA, 3300/230V 1 – phase transformer has a core loss at rated voltage of 120W. It has Req
(pu) = 0.01 and Xeq (pu) = 0.065 calculate the transformer impedance refereed to the HV side
a) Req = 7.21ohm, Xeq = 45ohm b) Req = 7.26ohm, Xeq = 47ohm
c) Req = 7.25ohm, Xeq = 46ohm d) Req = 7.27ohm, Xeq = 47ohm

28. A transformer rated 10KVA, 220/110V may be considered as an ideal transformer.

i) If load of 2ohm is connected on the LV side find the current drawn from the HV side?
a) 27.4A b) 27.5A c) 27.6A d) 27.3A
ii) From the above problem what is the equivalent resistance seen on the HV side.
a) 9ohm b) 7ohm c) 8ohm d) 8.2ohm

29. A 500KVA transformer has 95% efficiency at full load and also at 60% of full load both at UPF
i) Separate out the transformer losses
a) Pc = 16.45Kw, PI = 9.87Kw b) Pc = 16.45Kw, PI = 9.86Kw
c) Pc = 16.45Kw, PI = 9.88Kw d) Pc = 16.45Kw, PI = 9.85Kw

30. A 50HZ 1 – phasetransformer has one primary winding and two secondary windings. The primary
is rated at 220V and the secondaries are rated at 22 volts with certain tapping and 600V without any
tapping. The net core area is 75cm2. The maximum value of flux density is 1.2T. The number of
turns in
i) The 22V winding wil be
a) 12 b) 120 c) 327 d) 432

ii) The 600V secondary winding will be

a) 12 b) 20 c) 327 d) 432

31. The primary reason why open circuit test is performed on the lowest voltage winding of the
transformer is that it.
a) Draws sufficiently large no load current for convenient reading
b) Requires least voltage to perform the test.
c) Needs minimum power input
d) Has become a universal.

32. A1 – phase transformer has 400 primary and 1000 secondary turns, the net cross sectional area of
the core is 60cm2. If the primary winding be connected to 50Hz supply at 500V calculate
i) The peak value of the flux density in the core, and
ii) The voltage induced in the secondary winding
a) 0.94wb/m2;1250V b) 0.92 wb/m2 ;1252V
c) 0.93 wb/m2 ;1251V d) None
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 63 Transformers
Institute

33. A1 – phase, 50Hz core type has square cores of 20cm side. The permissible maximum density is 1
wb/m2. Calculate the no. of turns per limb on the high and low voltage sides for 3000/200V ratio.
a) N1  14, N 2  191 b) N1  191, N 2  14 c ) N1  190, N 2  14 d ) N1  14, N 2  190

34. A single phase transformer with a ratio at 6600/600V has a load impedance at (4 + j3)  connected
across the terminals at low voltage winding. The power delivered to the load is
a) 24.2  102W b) 57.6  103W c) 1.2  103W d) 2.4  104W

35. A 10KVA, 2000/400V single – phase transformer has a primary resistance and inductive reactance
at 5 and 12 respectively. The secondary values are 0.2 and 0.48 respectively. The
equivalent impedance at the transformer referred to primary side is
a) 12 b) 28 c) 31 d) 26

36. A 230/460V transformer has a primary resistance at 0.2 and a reactance at 0.5 and the
corresponding values for the secondary are 0.75 and 1.8 respectively. The total voltage drop in
the secondary when supplying 10A at 0.8 p.f. lagging is
a) 35.2 b) 18.6 c) 13.7 d) 24.2

37. Transformer are rated in KVA instead at KW because

a) load power factor is attem not known
b) KVA is tinead where as KW depends on load p.f.
c) Total transformer loss depends on volt amperes
d) It has become customary

38. Figure shows a A-Y connected 3-phase distribution transformer used to step down the voltage from
11000 V to 415 V line-to-line. It has two switches S1 & S2. Under normal conditions is closed and
S2 is open. Under certain superior conditions S 1 is open and S2 is closed. In such a case the
magnitude of the voltage across the LV terminals a and c is

(a) 240 V (b) 480V (c) 415V (d) 0V

39. Three single-phase transformers are connected to form a 3-phase transformer bank. The
transformers are connected in the following manner:

The transformer connection will be represented by

(a) Yd0 (b) Yd1 (c) Yd6 (d) Yd 11

40. It is desired to measure parameters of 230 V/115V, 2 kVA, single-phase transformer. The following
wattmeters are available in a laboratory:
W1 : 250V, 10A, Low Power Factor
W2 : 250 V, 5 A, Low Power Factor
W3 : 150V, 10A, High Power Factor
W4 : 150 V, 5A, High Power Factor
The wattmeters used in open circuit test and short circuit test of the transformer will respectively be
(a) W1 and W2 (b) W2 and W4 (c) W1 and W4 (d) W2 and W3

ANSWER FOR
TRANSFORMERS (CRPQ)

LEVEL - 1
01 b 02. a 03. c 04. c 05. c 06. c 07. b 08. b 09. a 10. c
11. c 12. d 13. a 14. d 15. d 16. d 17. a 18. d 19. a 20. a
21. a 22. a 23. b 24. d 25. d 26. c 27. c 28. d 29. c 30. a
31. c 32. d 33. b 34. b 35. d 36. d 37. b 38. a 39. d 40. d
41. a 42. b 43. c 44. b 45. a 46. a 47. c 48. a

LEVEL - 2
01 b 02. a 03. a 04. b 05. c 06. c 07. c 08. c 09. c 10. b
11. a 12. c 13. b 14. b 15. d 16. d 17. d 18. a 19. c 20. a
21. c 22. b 23. c 24. b 25. d 26. d 27. a 28. b,c 29. a 30. a,b
31. a 32. a 33. b 34. b 35. d 36. a 37. c 38. b 39. b 40. d

Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
3 INDUCTION MOTORS
3.1 CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES:
Stator: Stator consists of stator frame, stator core, polyphase distributed winding, the end
covers & bearings.
 The stator core is stack of cylindrical steel laminations which are slotted along their inner
periphery for housing 3phase distributed winding.
 The stator core fits closely in Cast Iron frame.
 End covers also made up of cast Iron.
 Stator frame provides only mechanical support to the stator core and not designed to carry the
stator flux.
Stator frame
a
b Stator core
c
Rotor core laminated
c
b
a

 The coils aa1, bb1, cc1 represent the windings of three phases.
 These windings are space displaced by 1200 electrical and may be connected in star or delta.
 Most of the times, the six ends of 3 windings are brought out to the terminal box on the stator
frame, so that they can be connected either in star or delta.
Rotor: The induction motor has two types of Rotors, the squirrel cage rotor and the wound rotor.
The cores of both types of rotors make use of circular laminations tightly assembled on the shaft or
on the cast Iron spider carried by the shaft.

Squirrel cage rotor:

 The rotor winding consists of uninsulated conductors in the forms of copper or aluminum bars
embedded in the semi closed slots. These bars are short circulated at both ends by end rings of
same material.
 These rotor bars form a uniformly distributed winding in the rotor slots
Wound rotor:
 The rotor slots accommodate an insulated distributed winding similar to that used on the stator.
This winding is usually connected in star. Three leads from star are connected to three slip rings

of collector rings mounted on but insulated from shaft. Carbon brushes pressing on slip rings
allow external resistors to be inserted in series with rotor winding for speed and stating torque
control.

3.2 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION:-

 Stator winding is directly connected to a.c supply. It produces constant amplitude rotating MMF
wave. Rotor receives energy from stator by induction. As the rotating flux cuts the conductors in
the rotor, emf will be induced and current will flow as the rotor is short circuited.
 The stator produced MMF wave and rotor produced MMF wave both rotate in the air gap in the
same direction at synchronous speed.
 The interaction of these two fluxes gives steady electro magnetic torque.
 The stator and rotor MMF waves combine to give the resultant air gap flux density wave of
constant amplitude and rotating at synchronous.
3.3 ROTOR FREQUENCY EMF CURRENT AND POWER:
 At stand still the rotor conductors are being cut by rotating magnetic field at speed ‘ns’ r.p.s
 pns 
 f1  2   frequency ‘ f2’ of the rotor emf and current is line frequency ' f1 ' .
 
 When rotor revolves at a speed of nr r.p.s
The relative speed between synchronous rotating flux and rotor conductors = (ns – nr)
pns  nr 
Frequency of rotor emf =
2
ns  nr
Slip s   1
ns
[Link]
 f2   sf1 f 2 is also called as slip frequency
2
 At stand still, rotor frequency is ‘f1’ and the field produced by rotor currents revolves at speed
‘ns’ w.r.t rotor structure.
 When rotor speed is nr the rotor frequency is ‘ sf1 ’ and rotor field revolves at speed of ‘sns’ [or
(ns – nr)] w.r.t rotor structure.
 But the rotor is already revolving at much speed of nr w.r.t to stator
 The speed of rotor field w.r.t stator nr  sns  ns r. p.s
 Hence Stator and rotor fields are stationary with respect to each other at all possible speeds. This
causes the steady torque to be produced by their interaction and rotation is maintained.

 The rotor of an IM can never attains synchronous speed. If the rotor speed is synchronous, the
rotor conductors would be stationary w.r.t rotating magnetic field. Therefore no emf and no
MMF in the rotor. Hence no torque will produce.
 Under stand still condition, let the per phase induced emf in the rotor circuit is E2.
 If the rotor rotates at speed ‘nr’, then relative speed between rotating field and rotor conductors
is ns  nr   sns
E2
 Emf generated/ph = sns   sE2 [EMF generated in rotor conductors]
ns
Rotor leakage reactance at stand still = 2f1l1 = x2 
Rotor leakage reactance at slip ‘s’ = 2 f 2 l2 = s x2 
2 2
Rotor leakage impedance at stand still = r2  x2
2 2
at any slip ‘s’ I2 = r2  Sx2 
sE2 E2
per phase rotor current at any slip ‘s’I2 = 
2 2
r2 2   sx2   r2  2
    x2 
s
 This can be represented by
x2

I2
r2
E2
s

At frequency ‘f1’
r2 s
Cos2 =
2
2 r 
x2   2 
s
Per phase power input to rotor ‘pg’ = E2 I2 cos 2
r2 s
 Pg = E2.I2 = I2 2 .r2 / s
2
r 
x2 2   2 
s
 Pg = I 2 2 .r2 / s this is per phase power input to rotor.  (2)
(Power transferred from stator to rotor across air gap)
‘Pg’ is called as air gap power
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 69 Induction Motors
Institute

1 s   1 1  s  
 Pg = I22 .r2  I 22 .r2     1  
 s   s s 
= Rotor ohmic loss + internal mechanical power developed in rotor (Pm)
= sPg  1  s  Pg

 Rotor ohmic loss = sPg

Mechanical power developed ‘Pm’ = 1  s  Pg

The ratio of Pg : Pm : ohmic loss  1: 1  s  : s  (3)

 Internal (or gross) torque developed per phases is given by
 r  2 nr 
Pm P 1  s  pg  
Te   m   s  2 ns 
Rotor speed in mech. rad/sec r 1  s  s  n  1  s  n 
 s r

3 2
 Three phase torque developed Te  I r /s
s 2 2
 
 
3 sE2 2 r2  E2 
Te 
s r 2   sx2 2
  4  I 2  2 
 r 
x2 2   2  
  s  

 O/P or shaft power = Pm – Fixed losses (friction, windage and core losses)
Psh = Pg – Rotor Ohmic loss – fixed loss
Psh Psh
 Out put or Shaft Torque : Tsh   This is per phase torque
rotor speed 1  s  s
3 psh
Three phase shaft torque Tsh   (6)
1  s  s

EXAMPLES
3.1) The power input to the rotor of a 440V, 50Hz, 3-phase, 6-pole induction motor is 60kw. It is
observed that the rotor emf makes 90complete cycles per minute. Calculate (i) the slip (ii) The
rotor speed (iii) rotor copper loss and (iv) Mechanical power developed
Sol: Supply frequency, f = 50Hz
90
Rotor emf frequency, f1 =  1.5Hz
60

f 1 1.5
(i) Slip, S    0.03
f 50
Power input to rotor, P2 = 60kW
120f 120  50
(ii) Rotor speed, N  N S 1  S  1  S   1  0.03  970rpm
P 6
(iii) Rotor copper loss = sP2  0.03  60  1.8KW

(iv) Mechanical power developed,

Pmech  P2 1  S  60 1  0.03  58.2KW

3.2) The magnetizing current component of the no-load current of an induction motor is much higher
than a corresponding transformer because of
a) Additional frictional and windage loss in motor
b) Different winding configurations on stator and rotor
c) Increased flux requirement
d) An air – gap in the magnetic circuit.
Ans : (d)

3.3 A 3- phase stator and rotor winding of a slip ring induction motor is feed by 3 – phase ac supply at
a frequency, f. If the rotor speed is Nr and synchronous speed is N s, then the absolute speed of
resultant flux in space is,
a) Ns, irrespective of rotor speed Nr.
b) (Ns + Nr) if the flux rotates in the same direction as the rotor.
c) (Ns – Nr) if the flux rotator in the same direction as the rotor
d) Nr, irrespective of Ns
Ans : (a)

2f 
Sol: The speed of rotor flux =   ns  at
 P 
Stand still (s = 1),
and speed of rotor flux at speed nr of the rotor is ns.
ns  nr
where  
ns
They w.r.t stator speed of rotor field is,
nr + ns = ns (1–s) + ns – s = ns
Hence correct answer (a).

3.4) A 3 – phase induction motor draws 1000KVA at a p.f. of 0.8 lag. A synchronous condenser
connected in parallel to draw an additional 750 KVA at 0.6 pf lead. The pf of the total load
supplied by mains is,
a) Unity b) 0.707 log c) 0.707 lead d) Zero
Ans: (a)
Sol:
Reactive power draws by moter Qm = 1000 sin (cos–10.8)
= – 600 KVAr (lagging)
and the same drawn by condenser, Qc.
= + 750 sin (cos–1(0.6))
= – 600 KVAr (leading)
Total reactive power = Q = Qm + Qc
= zero
hence
p.f = cos (tan–1 (Q/P)) = 1

3.4 Gross Torque Developed

The current per phase in the rotor winding

s.E r Er
I2  
2 2 2 2
 r2    s.x 2   r2 / s    x 2 
In a similar way, the output power (gross) developed (W) is the loss in the fictitions
resistance in the equivalent circuit as shown as shown earlier, which is

2 2
2 3.  s.E r  .  r2 1  s  / s  3.  E r  .r2 .s 1  s 
P0  3.   2  .  r2 1  s  / s   
 r2  2   s.x 2 2   r2 2   s.x 2  2 
   
The motor speed in rps is nr= (1-s).ns
The motor speed (angular) in rad/s r  1  s  .s
The gross torque developed in N-m is
2 2
P 3.  E r  .r2 .s 1  s  3.  E r  .r2 .s
T0  0  
r 1  s  x  r2    s.x 2   2n s  r2  2   s.x 2  2 
2 2
   
The synchronous speed (angular) is x  2.n s
The input power to the rotor (or the power transferred from the stator via air gap) is the loss
in the total resistance (r2/s), which is
2 2
2 3.  s.E r  .  r2 / s  3.  E r  .r2 .s
Pi  3.  I 2  .  r2 / s   
 r2  2   s.x 2  2   r2 2   s.x 2  2 
   
The relationship between the input power and the gross torque developed is Pi  x .T0 . So,
the input power is also called as torque in synchronous watts, or the torque is T0  Pi / s .
CONDITION FOR MAXIMUM TORQUE:-
 To find condition for Max Torque under running conditions differentiating above equation (4)
with slip is
2 2
dTe r2   sx 2  r2 sx 2 2
  
ds KsE 2 2 r2 KsE 2 2 KE 2 2 r2

dTe  r2 x 22
0   0
ds Ks m E 2 2 KE 2 2 r2
r2 x22
 
KS m E22 KE22 r2

r2  S m x2

 Where ‘sm’ is the slip at which maximum torque occurs.

 i.e. Torque is maximum at the value of the slip which makes rotor reactions per phase is equal

to rotor resistance /phase

 Slip corresponds to maximum Torque is

r2
Sm     7
x2
 On substituting equation (7) in equation (4), magnitude of maximum torque is
3 E2 2
Tmax     8 
Ws 2 x2

Note: Maximum torque is independent of rotor resistance, where as slip at which

maximum torque occurs dependent on rotor resistance.
Pg = 3 E2 I 2 cos 2

= 3E 2
 sE2  r2
2 2
r2 2   sx2  r22   sx2 
2
3s  E2  r2
 2
r2 2   sx2 

3s 1  s  E2 2 r2
Pm  1  s  P2  2
Watts
r22   Sx2 

Ratio of full load torque (Te) to maximum torque (Tmax)

Te 2s s
 2 m2    9
Tmax sm  s

3.5 EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT:

Stator:

r1 jx1 I11
a
I1 IC I

V1 Rc 1
Jx V1

b
Ic = core loss component
 V11 IC = core loss = no load loss – F & W loss – negligible stator and rotor copper loss at no
load.

V11
Core loss resistance RC =
IC
V11
Magnetizing reactance =
I
Rotor:
sE2 E2
Rotor current I2 = 
r2  jsx2 r2  jx
2
s
r2 jx2
a
I2 I2
sE2 jsx2 E2
r2
s

b
At rotor frequency At supply frequency
(i.e. at slip frequency)

 Referred to stator side

jx2 r1 x1 x2 r2
a
I1 I I2
IC
N11
1 s 
E2  E1 ’ V1 Rc r2  
N 12 r2 JX  s 
s

b
Fig: Equivalent circuit of Induction motor (x2, r2 are referred value to stator side.
2
1
 r2   N1  r2' r2 1 s 
s  jx2  1 
  x2'  r2  r2  
 N
 2  s s  s 
(equivalent ckt refered to stator) r2  Actual rotor resistance (ref to stator)

 1 s 
 r2   = Electrical analog of variable mechanical load
 s 
 At stand still (s = 1) the circuit becomes the equivalent circuit of short circuited two winding
transformer.
 At synchronous speed (s = 0) the circuit becomes equivalent circuit of open circuited two
winding transformer.

 The rotor frequency varies from line frequency at starting to a low value of slip frequency at
full load. Therefore distribution of current changes and hence the rotor resistance varies
significantly over this speed range.
 RC  represents only the core loss It does not represent No – load loss.
 Generally coreloss in Induction motor is constant at constant voltage and frequency.  RC
representing coreloss can be omitted from equivalent act
r1 x1 a x2 r2

I1 Ia I2
 1 s 
V1 X r2  
 s 

3.6 TORQUE – SLIP CHARACTERISTICS:

By applying Thevenin’s theorem at points a, b
V1  jX    r1  jx1   jX  
Ve =  Ze =
r1  j  x1  X   r1  j  x1  X  
Now the Thevenin’s equivalent circuit becomes
Re Xe a r2 x2

I2
 1 s 
V1 r2  
 s 

 In most induction Motors

(x1+X) > r1
r1 can be neglected
V1 X  V1 X 
Ve   X 1  x1  X 
x1  X  X1

m Ve 2 r2
Te  2
Nm
ws  r2  2 s
 Re     x2  X e 
 s
 ‘m’ is no. of stator phases
m Kt r2 mve
Te  2
Kt = X = x2  X e
ws  r2  2
s Ws
 Re    X
 s

Torque Breaking mode Motor mode Generator mode

Tem

Test nr = 2ns

s =2 s=0 s = -1
nr = 0 nr =ns
s =1

 The Induction Motor operates as

1. Motor for slip 0 < s < 1 (for +ve slips)
2. For Generator –1 < s < 0 (for – ve slips) machine must be driven above ns by prime over
3. Breaking mode 2 > s > 1 (plugging takes places)
 Any two stator leads are interchanged. Stator must be disconnected from the supply before the
motor rotates in other direction
Max Internal Torque: Stalling Torque, Pullout torque or breakdown torque (Tem)
r2 r2
Te  I 22 I 22 is called as torque in synchronous watts
s s
r2
Te reaches max value when power delivered to is maximum
s
 Applying Max power transfer theorem
r2 2
 Re 2   X e  x2 
sm

r2
 Re 2  X 2 X = x2 + Xe
sm

 If Re and Xe neglected when r1 & x1 are neglected.

r2
 x2
sm
 Slip at which Max torque occurs is given by
r2
sm 
2
Re 2   x2  X e 

r2
 When r1 and x1 are neglected S m 
x2
r2
 To get Tem substitute  x2 in equation of Te
sm
Kt
This given Tem  2


2 Re  Re 2  X 
3 E2 2
 When r1 and x1 are neglected Tem =
Ws 2 x2
 The equation indicates that the max torque is independent of ‘r2’. But the slip at which
Maximum torque occurs  r2
 It is also shows that Tem  Ve 2 ; Tem  V12 square of stator voltage

Tem is reduced by increase in r1 , x1 , x2

The effect of change in ‘r2’ for wound Rotor Induction Motor:

Max torque

torque

Load curve n3 n2 n1
S = 1.0 Slip 
nr = 0 Speed 

1. Speed of Rotor can be controlled by changing r2. If ‘r2’ increases speed decreases [ from load
curve]

2. Starting torque can be improved by inserting additional resistance in the rotor.

3. Line current taken by motor also changes. If ‘r2’ increases line current decreases.
4. Power factor will improve.
x2
Power factor angle 2 = tan–1 r
2

 If ‘r2’ increases 2 decreases and hence power factor increases.

r 2
Note: To get max torque at starting 2  Re2   x2  X e    r2  1.x2 
1
2
 Rotor circuit resistance should be increased to Re 2   x2  X e 
 The external resistance to be inserted in roter circuit to get max torque at starting =
2
Re 2   x2  X e   r2

Motor operation near synchronous speed:

2
3 sE2 2 r2 3 E2  r2 / s 
Te  . 
w0 r2 2   sx2  2 wo  r2  2 2
   x2
s
 
r
 When ship ‘s’ is small, 2 becomes quite large as compared to other denominator terms .
s
Kt r2 sKt
 Te  2
. 
 r2  s r2
 
s
 If the terminal voltage is variable Te = K1V12s
 Te  V2s

EXAMPLES
3.5. A 746 KW, 3-phase, 50Hz, 16-pole induction motor has a rotor impedance of (0.02+j0.15)  at
standstill. Full-load torque is obtained at 360rpm. Calculate (i) The ratio of maximum to full-load
torque (ii) The speed for maximum torque and (iii) The rotor resistance to be added to get
maximum starting torque.
120f 120  50
Sol: Synchronous speed, NS =   375rpm
P 16
Full-load speed, Nf = 360rpm
NS  N f 375  360
Full-load slip, Sf =   0.04
NS 375
R 2 0.02
Slip corresponding to maximum torque, Smax =   0.133
X 2 0.15
i) The ratio of maximum to full-load torque,
0.133 0.04

Tmax 0.04 0.133  1.817

Tf 2
ii) Speed corresponding to maximum torque, N = NS(1-Smax) = 375(1-0.133)=325rpm
iii) For obtaining maximum starting torque,
R 2  r  X2 or
r  X 2  R 2  0.15  0.02  0.13

3.6) An induction motor runs at a slip frequency of 2Hz when supplied from a three phase, 400V, 50Hz
supply. For the same developed torque. Find the slip frequency at which it will run when supplied
from a 3-phase, 340V, 40 Hz system. Slip at which the machine develops maximum torque using
50 Hz supply is 0.1. Neglect stator impedance and assume linear torque-slip characteristic between
zero torque and maximum torque in the working region.
Sol: At 400 V, 50Hz supply
f1 2
Slip, S1    0.04
f 50
Ratio of rotor resistance to standstill reactance,
R2
 Smax  0.1 or R 2  0.1X 2
X2
Torque developed at slip S1 = 0.04,

KS1E 22 K1S1V12
T1    E 2 V
R 22  S12 X12 R 22  S12 X12
2
K1  0.04   400  6, 400K
= 2 2

 0.1X 2    0.0X 2  0.0116X 22

At 340V, 40Hz supply

Let the machine develop torque equal to T1 at slip S2
KS2 V22
So  T1
R 22  S22 X 22

KS2  3402 6400K

or 2

 0.1X 2   S22 X 22 0.0116X 22

1,15, 600S2 6400

or 2

0.01  S2 0.0116

or 6400S22  1,340.906S2  64  0
or S22  0.2095S2  0.01  0
2
0.2095   0.2095   0.04
or S2   0.07356 or 0.1359
2
Rejecting higher value, slip S2 = 0.07356
Slip frequency f1 = S2f = 0.07356×40=2.94Hz

3.7) A 230V, 20 h.p 60 HZ, 6 – pole, 3 – phase Induction motor dives a constant torque load at rated
frequency, rated voltage and rated horse power, has a speed of 1175 rpm & an efficiency of
92.1%. The new operating speed, if a system disturbance, causes 10% drop in voltage and 6%
drop in frequency will be,
a) 1000 rpm b) 1100 rpm c) 1200 rpm d) 1300 rpm
Ans : (b)
Sol:
120  60
Synchronous speed =  1200 rpm
6
1200  1175 1
Slip, S1 = 
1200 48

3V12 1 1 3V 2 1
Rated torque, Tratt = S1 . .  . 1 . A
Ws r2 98 Ws r2

With reduced voltage and rated frequency,

2
3  0.9V1  1 1 3V12 1
Tratt  S 2 .  A . .
0.9Ws r2 48 Ws r2

0.94
S2   0.0242
0.81 48
120  0.94  60
New operating speed = 1  0.0242 
6
= 1100.70rpm 1100rpm

3.7 POWER – SLIP CHARACTERS:

 Total internal mechanical power developed
Pm = m(1 – s) pg

=m
1  s  p 2 r watts
2 2
s
mVe 2  1 s 
Pm  2
.r2  
 1  s   2
 s 
 Re  r2  r2 s   X
 
To get the max value of Pm.

 As Pm per phase is the power delivered to r2

1  s 
s

r2
1  s    Re r 
mp 2
 X2
2
s
mp

r2
smp  smp’ is the slip at which maximum power occurs.
2 2
 Re  r2  X  r2 ‘

mVe 2
Pm(max) =
2  Re  r2    X2
2
  Re r2  
 Maximum mechanical power developed depends on r2, where as maximum torque (Tmax) is
independent of ‘r2’.
 Slip at which maximum power occurs (smp) is smaller in magnitude than slip at which maximum
torque occurs (smt).
 At starting internal mechanical power developed is zero. Where as starting torque is not zero.
 At starting the air gap power transferred from stator to rotor is I 22r2. This power appears as
ohmic loss in the rotor circuit.
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 82 Electrical Machines
Institute

3.8 STARTING OF INDUCTION MOTORS:

a) Direct on line (across the line) starting:
 Motor takes 5 to 7 times of full load current at the time of starting which shall be reduced.
3 2 r2
Te = I2
ws s
2
Tst  I 2 st  r2 /1
 .
T f  I 2 fl 2 r2 / s
2
Tst  I 2 st 
  .s
T f  I 2 f l 

I2st  Rotor current at starting
I2fl  Rotor current at full load.
Tst  Starting torque
Tf  Full load torque
s  Full load slip
 If no load current is neglected
2
I st  Effective Rotor to stator turns ratio  I 2 st Tst  I st 
    .s
I fl  Effective Rotor to stator turns ratio  I 2 st T f  I f 

Where ‘Ist’ is current drawn by the stator at starting.

‘Ifl’ is current drawn by the stator at full load.

Let, ‘V1’ is per phase stator voltage
z1 stand still per phase leakage impendence
V1
 Per phase s. c current at stand still I sc 
z1
2
V T I 
 For direct switching Ist = Isc = 1  st   sc  s
z1 T f  I fl 

b) Stator resistance or reactance starting:

 Resistor or Reactor is inserted between motor terminals & supply

Stator winding

xV1

Since, Per phase voltage reduced to ‘xv1’

xv1
Ist =  x I sc
z1
2
Tst I 
  x 2  sc  s
Tf I
 fl 
Since Te  V2
2
Tst with reactor starting  xv 
  1   x2
Tst with direct switching  v1 

 Series reactor is costlier than resistor, But it will have lower energy adsorption and effective in
reducing the voltage.
c) Auto transformer starting:
Ist xIsc = Istm

V1 xv1
xv1

xv1
 Starting current in motor winding/ph =  x Isc
z1
In auto transformer

In put VA = output VA
Ist v1 = xv1 (starting current in the motor)
Ist v1 = xv1 (x Isc)
Ist = x2 Isc starting current from supply mains.
I st
 Per phase starting current in motor winding = x Isc =
x
2
Tst  stator current / ph in mortor winding 
 2
.s
Tf  motor full load current / ph 
2 2
Tst I  1 I 
 x 2  sc  s = 2  st  s
Tf I x  I fl
 f  
 Te  v 2
2
Tst with Auto T / F  xv1 
 2
 x2
Tst wth D.O.L  v1 
Note: a) The starting current Ist from mains & Tst are reduced to x2 times their corresponding
values with D. O. L starting.
b) Starting current drawn by the motor is reduced by ‘x’ times. Where as starting
current drawn from mains reduces by ‘x2 ’ times.

d) Star – Delta starting:

3V1
I L 
V Ia Z1 a
I ph  1 V1
3Z1 3

b
C

  

A B C

a
b
c

/
 Closed for motors designed to operate normally in .
v1 v1
I phr   I ph 
3 z1 z1

3v1
Line current I L /  
z1
v1
Starting line current with  / starter 3 z1 1
= 
Starting line current with direct switching in v1 3
3
z1
  Starting current from mains is one third with direct switching in ‘’.
2
 vL 
Tst with stardelta startor   1
3
  2 
Tst with direct switching in  vL 3
1
 This is similar to a auto Transformer with a turns ratio of x =  0.58
3
Tst with r /   I sty  v 1
 s I st y   I sc
T f when   I f  3 z1 3
2
Tst 1  I sc 
 .s
T f 3  I f 

 / stator is cheaper as compared to auto Transformer.

 For line voltage exceeding 3.3 kv / starter is not used. (Because stator winding in  requires
large turns making the motor more expensive).

Starting of wound rotor Motors:

 Methods used for squirrel cage Induction motor can also be used for wound rotor motors.
 The simplest (and cheapest) method is starting of Induction motor by adding rotor resistance with
full line voltage across stator terminals.

Brush
 shaft



EXAMPLES
3.8) A small 3 -  induction motor has a short circuit current equal to 4 times the full load current. If
full load slip is 2.5%, the ratio of starting torque to full load torque is,
a) 0.35 b) 0.4 c) 0.45 d) 0.52
Ans : (b)
Sol:
Short circuit current, Isc = 4 If1
Full load slip, Sf = 0.025.
2
I 
Starting torque, Tst = Tf1  sf   S f
 I f 1 
Tst
= (4)2  0.025
Tf 1

= 16  0.0025 = 0.4
3.9) A starting torque of 80 Nm is developed in an induction motor by an auto – transformer starter with
a tapping of 30%. If the tapping of auto transformer starter is 60%, the starting torque will be,
a) 40 Nm b) 160 Nm c) 240 Nm d) 320 Nm
Ans : (d)
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 87 Induction Motors
Institute

Sol:
Te XV2
 
 Te X xv 2 ' x ' is % tapping
2
Te 2  0.6 
  
80  0.3 
 Te 2  80  4 = 320 Nm

3.10) An induction motor having full load torque of 60 Nm when delta – connected develops a starting
torque of 120 Nm. For the same supply voltage, if the motor is changed to star – connection, the
starting torque developed will be,
a) 40 Nm b) 60 Nm c) 90 Nm d) 120 Nm
Ans : (a)
Sol:
With delta connection :
Starting current per phase : E
R2  X 2
2
Starting torque = 3RI  3RI 2 (since a s = 1)
s
With star connection
E
Starting current / phase = 3
R  X2
2

E2
Starting torque = 3  R 

3 R2  X 2 
RE 2
=
R2  X 2
 New starting torque = 120 = 40 Nm
3

3.9 CIRCLE DIAGRAM:

 It shows the locus of stator current as the slip varies from – to +

 It is drawn by using test data obtained from no – load & block rotor tests and the stator resistance.
From no load test.
Vnl, Rnl, Pnl
Inl = OQ is drawn making an angle of 0 w. r. t V1

Pnl
cos0 =
Vnl .I nl
It is drawn to a suitable scale.
 In Blocked rotor test Vbr, Ibr, Pbr only fraction of rated voltage.
Now OD = Isc is drawn making an angle sc with V1
 Q, D are points on current locus.
 Lines QR & OX are drawn  to phasor v1.
 Rights bisector the line joining QD metals QR in ‘C’. Which is centre of locus circle
 With ‘C’ as centre & CQ as radius the circle is drawn
 Now draw DE  OX.
DG r2
 Divide DF at G. So that  ; r1 is effective stator resistance/ ph
DF r1

 Now for any operating point ‘p’ draw  line ‘dp’ on the line OX.
 Thus entire performance can be obtained
Input current OP,
Power O/P = ap
Rotor ohmic loss = ab
Stator ohmic loss = bc
F & windage loss = cd
Power input = dp
bp ab
Torque = Where ‘bp’ is rotor input Slip s
ws bp
3
 Full load torque = bp (per phase power scale)
ws
dp
Power factor =
op
ap
Efficiency is =
dp
 If current scale is 1cm = x amp
Per ph power scale 1cm = xV1 watts
V1 is per phase voltage
 To get the Max possible p. f and corresponding current draw tangent to the circle.
Max power o/p = AA1 (per phase power scale)  3

Max power i/p = CC1(radius of circle) + F & windage loss

A C D
P
G
a
b F
c R
Q C
O d E X

EXAMPLES

3.11) In a double cage induction motor, if the outer cage has an impedance at standstill of (2+j1.2)ohm,
determine the slip at which the two cages develop equal torques if the inner cage has an
impedance of (0.5+j3.5)ohm at standstill.
Sol: Let s be the slip at which two cages develop equal torques
2
2 2
Outer cage impedance, Z0     1.2 
s
E2 E2
Outer cage current, I0  
Zo 2
2
2
   1.2 
s
Ro E 22 2
Power supplied to the outer cage, Po  Io2  2

s 2 2 s
   1.2 
s
Ri E 22 0.5
Similarly Power supplied to the inner cage, Pi = I12  2

s  0.5  2 s
    3.5 
 s 
Since torque developed, T  power supplied
0.25
 12.25
To Po 2
or   s 4
Ti Pi 4
 1.44
s2
 To  Ti

 0.25  4
  2  12.25  4  2  1.44
 s  s

3
or s   0.251 or 25.1%
47.56

3.12) The slots on the rotor of an induction motor are usually skewed,
i) To obtain a uniform torque
ii) To reduce the magnetic locking of the stator and rotor
iii) To reduce the magnetic humming noise while running
a) i & ii only b) ii & iii only c) i & iii only d) i, ii & iii
Ans: (d)

3.13) An 8 – pole single phase induction motor is running at 690 rpm. What is its slip with respect to
forward and backward fields?
a) 0.08, 2.0 b) 0.08, 1.92 c) 1.92, 0.08 d) 2.0, 0.08
Ans: (b)
Sol:
750  690 60
Forward slip, S f    0.08
750 750
Backward slip, Sb  2  S f  2  0.08
= 1.92 pu.
3.14) If the full load speed of a 3 – phase, 50 Hz induction motor is 950 rpm, Its, half load speed will be
a) 1000 rpm b) 450 rpm c) 1900 rpm d) 975 rpm
Ans : (d)
Sol:
1000  950
Full load slip =  0.05
1000
Full load slip
Half load slip =
2
0.05
=  0.025
2
Now speed at half load is,
= (1000 – 1000  0.025) = 975 rpm.

3.15) A 3 – phase induction motor is driving a constant torque load at rated voltage and frequency. If
both voltage and frequency are halved, following statements relate to the new condition if stator
resistance, leakage, reactance and core loss are ignored.
i) The difference between synchronous speed and actual speed remains same
ii) The air gap flux remains same
iii) The stator current remains same
iv) The p.u. slip remains same
a) 1, 2 & 3 b) 2, 3 & 4 c) 1 & 4 d) 1, 2, 3 & 4
Ans : (a)
Sol:
r 
1
 
4.44 K w1 N ph1
v
f

Since  v f  remains constant as both v and f being halved.

r (air gap flux) remain constant
f R 
s   0  .  2  where fo is rated frequency.
 f   X2 

(or) s  1 (i.e, p.u. slip will increase)

s  f  Vo
f
I2 (stator current) =  o 
R2
fs, slip doubles and f halves, I2 remains constant.

3.16).5 A with a power input of 700 W. with the rotor locked and 150 V applied to the stator, the input
current is 35A and power input is 4000 W; the stator resistance/phase being 0,55  under these
conditions. The standstill reactance’s of the stator and rotor as seen on the stator side are estimated
to be in the ratio of 1: 0.5. when the motor is operating at a slip of 4% , calculate the stator current,
its pf, net mechanical output and torque. What is motor efficiency under these conditions of
operations?
Sol: BR test
150 / 3
Z BR   2.47
35

4000  3
R BR  2
 1.09
35 
2 2
X BR   2.47   1.09 

=  2.22
X1  X '2  2.22
X1  0.5X1  2.22
X1  1.48, X2 '  0.74
2
 X  X '2 
R '2  (R BR  R1 )  m 
 Xm 
Xm= 29.03  (Obtained from NL test below)
2
 29.03  0.74 
R '2  (1.09  0.55)  
 29.03 
=0.568 
NL test
400 / 3
Z0  30.79
7.5
700 / 3
R0  2
 4.15
 7.5 
X 0  (30.79) 2  (4.15)2
=30.51 
Xm  X1  30.51  1.48  29.03 
Output resistance
1 
R '2   1  0.568  24
s 
 13.63 
The exact circuit model is drawn it is not practical to proceed by the thevenin equivalent method for
finding stator, its power factor and power input. We shall therefore proceed directly by finding
Zin in the circuit model of shown below.

l1 0.56 1.48 l '1 0.74 0.568

V Zf 0.568  24
29.03
Zin  13.68 

Gross [Link]

Zf  jX m || (R '2 / s  jX '2 )
= parallel combination of rotor impedance and magnetizing reactance
=j29.03||(14.2+j0.74)
=10.98+j5.96=Rf+jXf
Rf=10.98 
Zin  (0.55  j1.48)  (10.98  j5.98)

=11.53+j7.44=13.72 3280 
231
I1   16.84A
13.72
pf  cos 32.80  0.84 lagging

pin  3  400 16.84  0.84

Power input,
 9.80kW
As the magnetizing reactance is non dissipative, power in Rf will constitute the power across air-
gap. Thus
PG  3I12 R f ( 3I '22 R '2 / s)

 3  (16.84) 2  10.98
=9.34kW
Gross mechanical output=(1-s)PG
=(1-0.04)  9.34=8.97 kw
Rotational loss =700-3  (7.5)2  0.55
= 607 W
Net mechanical output, Pout=8.67-0.607
=8.36 kw
1000  2
s  104.72 rad / s
60
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 94 Electrical Machines
Institute

8360
Torque (net)=  83.16Nm
104.72(1  0.04)
8.36
Efficiency,   100  85.31%
9.80

3.17) A3-phase, 25KW, 400 V, 50 Hz, 8-pole induction motor has rotor resistance of 0.08  and
standstill reactance of 0.4  . the effective stator/rotor turn ratio is 2.5/1. The motor is to drive a
constant-torque load of 250 Nm. Neglect stator impedance.\
(a) calculate the minimum resistance to be added in rotor circuit for the motor to start up on load
(b) at what speed would the motor run, if the added rotor resistance is (i) left in the circuit,
Sol: motor circuit seen on rotor side shown in shown below stator impedance having been neglected.
X2 I2

V/a R2 / s

V1 / a
I2 
2
R 2 / s  X 22

3 2
T .I2 R 2 / s
s
2
3  V / a  R 2 / s
= . --------------(i)
s  R 2 / s 2  X 22
2
3 V / a R2
T(start) = . 2 ;s  1 -----------------(ii)
s R 2  X 22
Let external resistance added to rotor circuit be R2 (ext). then
R2 (total)=R2t=R2+R2(ext)--------------------(iii)
2
3  V / a  R 2t
Then T(start) = . 2 -------------(iv)
s R 2t  X 22
(a) a =2.5, X2=0.4  , R20.08 
T(start)=T(load)=250Nm; this is minimum starting torque.
Actual starting must be sufficiently more than this
V  400 / 3  231V

Ns  750 rpm, or s  78.54 rad / s

Substituting values in eq.(ii)
2
 3   231/ 2.5  R 2t
250=  . 2 2
------------------(v)
 78.54  R 2t  (0.4)

Or R 22 t  1.304R 2t  0.16  0

Or R 2t  0.137,1.167
it is easy to see that with R2t =1.167  the motor will not start as motor torque reduces
(Tmotor<Tload) for s<1.
So we select R2t=0.137   R2 (ext)= 0.137-0.08=0.057 

(b) (i) R2t=0.137  ; external resistance included in circuit.

Substituting values in eq.(i)
2
 3   231/ 2.5  R 2t
250   . 2 2
 78.54  R 2t  (0.4)
This equation has the same solution as eq.(v). thus
R 2t / s  0.137, 0.167
With R 2t  0.137, we get
s=1,0.137/1.167
=0.117 Motor speed, n=750(1-0.117)=662 rpm
3. 10 Single phase induction motor
Stator  
 

Rotor

 
I  phase ac sup ply
Fig: Single phase Induction motor
 The winding used normally in the stator (figure) of the single-phase induction motor
(IM) is a distributed one.
 The rotor is of squirrel cage type, which is a cheap one, as the rating of this type of motor
is low, unlike that for a three-phase IM. as the stator winding is fed from a single-phase
supply, the flux in the air gap is alternating only, not a synchronously rotating one
produced by a poly-phase (may be two-or three-) winding in the stator of IM. this type of

alternating field cannot produce a torque  T 0 st  0.0  , if the rotor is stationery

 r  0.0 .
 So, a single-phase IM is not self-starting, unlike a three phase one .
 if the rotor is initially given some torque in either direction  r  0.0 , then immediately
a torque is produced in the motor. The motor then accelerates to its final speed, which is
lower than its synchronous speed. This is now explained using double field revolving
theory.
Double field revolving theory

/2
A /2 /2 A /2
A A
 max
max 
cos
/2 B
B /2 B B
/2
/2
0  /2 
    any angle 
0    max

Fig: Position of the pulsating and rotating in fluxes with change in angle  


   cos    2


  / 2
0 
  3 / 2

Fig: pulsating (sinusoidal) flux as a function of space angle  

 When the stator winding carries a sinusoidal current, a sinusoidal space distributed mmf,
whose peak or maximum value pulsates (alternates) with time, is produced in the air gap.
This sinusoidally varying flux   is the sum of two rotating fluxes or fields, the

magnitude of which is equal to half the value of the alternating flux   / 2  , and both the
fluxes rotating synchronously at the speed, (ns=(2.f)/P) in opposite directions.
 The first set of figures show the resultant sum of the two rotating shows the alternating or
pulsating flux (resultant) varying with time or angle.

Anticlockwise
Torque (T)
torque  Tf 
Initially
given Resul tan t
 torque  T 

sf  0 sf  2
sf  1
sb  2 Sliup  s  sb  0
sb  1

clockwise
torque  Th 

Fig: Speed-torque characteristics of single phase induction motor

 The flux or field rotating at synchronous speed, as positive induces emf (voltage) in the
rotor conductors. The other part of flux or field rotates at the same speed in the opposite
(clockwise) direction, taken as negative. So, the torque produced by this field is negative
(-ve), as it is in the clockwise direction, same as that of the direction of rotation of this
field.
 Two torques are in the produced. If the rotor is stationary  r  0.0 , the slip due to
forward (anticlockwise) rotating field is sf=1.0. the two torques are equal and opposite,
and the resultant torque is 0.0 (zero). So, there is no starting torque in a single phase IM.
 But, if the motor (rotor) is started or rotated somehow, say in the anticlockwise (forward)
direction, the forward torque is more than the backward torque, with the resultant torque
now being positive. The motor accelerates in the forward direction, with the forward
torque being more than the backward torque. The motor speed is decided by the load
torque supplied, including the losses (specially mechanical loss)
 Mathematically, the mmf, which is distributed sinusoidally in space, with its peak value
pulsating with time, is described as F  Fpeak cos ,  (space angle) measured from the
winding axis. Now, Fpeak  Fmax cos t . So, the mmf distributed both in space and time, i.e.
F  Fmax cos .cos t . This can be expressed as
F   Fmax / 2  .cos    t    Fmax / 2  .cos    t 

 Which shows that a pulsating field can be considered as the sum of two synchronously
rotating fields  s  2ns  . The forward rotating field is, Ff   Fmax / 2  .cos    t  , and the
backward rotating field is, Fh   Fmax / 2  .cos    t  .
 Both the fields have the same amplitude equal to  Fmax / 2  , where Fmax is the maximum
value of the pulsating mmf along the axis of the winding.
 When the motor rotates in the forward (anticlockwise) direction with angular speed
 r  2n r  , the slip due to the forward rotating field is,
s f   s  r  / s  1   r / s   2  s h ,..

Similarly, the slip due to the backward rotating field, the speed of which is  s  is
s h   s  r  / s  1   r / s   2  s h ,..

The torques produced by the two fields are in opposite direction. the resultant torque is
T  Tf  Th
Starting Methods
 The single phase IM has no starting torque, but has resultant torque, when it rotates at
any other speed, except synchronous speed.
 It is also known that, in a balanced two-phase IM having two windings, each having
equal number of turns and placed at a space angle of 90 0 (electrical), and are fed from a
balanced two-phase supply, with two voltages equal in magnitude, at an angle 90 0, the
rotating magnitude fields are produced, as in a three-phase IM. the torque-speed
characteristic is same as that of a three-phase one, having both starting and also running
torque.
 So, in a single-phase IM, if an auxiliary winding is introduced in the stator, in addition to
the main winding, but placed at a space angle of 900 (electrical), starting torque is
produced.
 The currents in the two (main and auxiliary) stator windings also must be at an angle of
900, to produce maximum field is maximum starting torque, as shown in a balanced two-
balanced two-phase stator. Thus, rotating magnetic field is produced in such motor,
giving rise to starting torque.

Resistance Split phase motor


R  
 
Aux  
wdg rotor
Ia stator

I Im main winding
V
a
Torque

Ia V

main  [Link]

Im I Main
wdg
0 n 0 ns Speed
 b  c
Fig: Resistance split-phase induction motor
(a) Schematic diagram
(b) Phasor diagram
(c) Torque-speed characteristic
 The schematic diagram of this motor winding with a high resistance in series is to be
added along with the main winding in the stator. This winding has higher resistance to
reactance  R a / X a  ratio as compared to that in the main winding, and is placed at a space
angle of 900 from the main winding.
 The phasor diagram of the currents in two windings lags the voltage (V) by an angle, a ,
which is small, whereas the current (Im) in the main winding lags the voltage (V) by an
angle, m , which is nearly 900. The phase angle between the two currents is (900- a ),
which should be at least 300.
 This results in a small amount of starting torque.
 The switch, S (centrifugal switch) is in series with the auxiliary winding. It automatically
cuts out the auxiliary or starting winding, when the motor attains a speed close to full
load speed.

 The torque speed characteristics of the motor with/without auxiliary winding is switched
off as given earlier.
 The direction of rotation is reversed by reversing the terminals of any one of two
windings, but not both, before connecting the motor to the supply terminals. This motor
is used in applications, such as fan, saw, small lathe, centrifugal pump, blower, office
equipment, washing machine, etc.
Capacitor split phase motor
 To get high starting torque, the phase difference required is 90 0 (fig), when the starting
torque will be proportional to the product of the magnitudes of two currents. As the current
in the main winding is lagging by m , the current in the auxiliary winding has to lead the
input voltage by a , with  m  a  900  . a is taken as negative (-ve), while m is positive
(+ve). This can be achieved by having a capacitor in series with the auxiliary winding, which
results in additional cost, with the increase in starting torque
Capacitor –start motor


  switch
Aux  
wdg   start
rotor capacitor
stator (start time rated)
Ia
I Im main winding
V
a
Torque
Ia
V
90 0 main  [Link]

Main
wdg

Im I

0 n 0 ns Speed
 b  c
Capacitor –start induction motor
(a) Schematic diagram
(b) Phasor diagram
(c) Torque speed characteristic

 The schematic diagram of this motor is capacitor along with a centrifugal switch is
connected in series with the auxiliary winding, which is being used here as a starting
winding.
 The capacitor may be rated only for intermittent duty, the cost of which decreases, as it is
used only at the time diagram of two currents as described earlier, and the torque- speed
characteristics of the motor with/without auxiliary winding, are shown in figures
respectively. This motor is used in applications, such as compressor, conveyor, machine
tool drive, refrigeration and air-conditioning equipment etc.
Capacitor – start and capacitor run motor
start
rotor capacitor
 (start time rated)
 
Run  capacitor
   long  time rated 
 
switch
Ia
I Im
V
a
Ia
  90 0
V
I start
Im
i 

Ia
  900

I V
Im
 ii 
b

main & [Link]

 both capacitors in 
Torque Main & aux wdgs
 run capacitors only 

0 n 0 ns
Speed
 c
Fig: capacitor start and Capacitor run induction motor
(a) Schematic diagram
(b) Phasor diagrams
(c) Troque-speed characteristics
 In this motor, two capacitors-Cs for starting, and starting and Cr for running, are used.
The first capacitor is rated for intermittent duty, being used only for starting. A
centrifugal switch is also needed here.
 The second one is to be rated for continous duty, as it is used for running.
 The phasor diagram of two currents in both cases, and the torque- speed characteristics
with two windings having different values of capacitors.
 The phase difference between the two currents is  m  a  900  in the first case
(starting), while it is 900 for second case (running).
 In the second case, the motor is a balanced two phase one, the two windings having same
number of turns So, only the forward rotating field is present, and the no backward
rotating field exists.
 The efficiency of the motor under this condition is higher. Hence, using two capacitors
the performance of the motor improves both at the time of starting and then running. This
motor is used in applications, such as compressor, refrigerator, etc.
 rotor
  Run  capacitor
 long  time rated 
 
 

Ia
I Im
V

Shaded – pole Motor

 A typical shaded- pole motor with a cage rotor is shown in figure. This is a single phase
induction motor, with main winding in the stator. A small portion of each pole is covered
with a short-circuited, single-turn copper coil called the shading coil. The induces emf in
the shading coil. As a result, induced currents flow in the shading coil producing their
own flux in the shaded portion of the pole.
Let the main winding flux be m  max sin t
Where
m  scm (flux component linking shading coil)+ 'm (flux component passing down the air-

gap of the rest of the pole)

The emf induced in the shading coil is given by
dscm
esc  (since single turn coil) = scmax  cos t
dt
Let the impedance of the shading coil be Zsc sc  R sc  jXsc
The current in the shading coil can then be expressed as
isc   scmax  / Zsc  cos  t  sc 

The flux produced by isc is

  isc scmax
sc   cos  t  sc 
R Zsc R

Where R = reluctance of the path of sc

 The shading coil current (Isc) and flux  sc  phasors lag behind the induced emf (Esc) by
angle sc ; while the flux phasor leads the induced emf (Esc) by 900. Obviously the phasor
'm is in phase with scm . The resultant flux in the shaded pole is given by the phasor sum
sp  scm  sc

 The two sinusoidally varying fluxes 'm and sp' are displaced in space as well as have a
time phase difference    , thereby producing forward and backward rotating fields,
which produce a net torque. It may be noted that the motor is self-starting unlike a single
phase single winding motor.

m
Main winding
shading coil

sp  msc  sc

Squirrel  cage
rotor

stator

Fig: Shaded –pole motor (single phase induction type)

m

 scm

sc E sc

Isc

Fig: Phasor diagram of the fluxes in shaded= pole motor

Maximum starting torque conditions in single phase induction motors

 In split phase motors, the starting torque is produced by the combined action of both the
main and auxiliary windings; but the torque at normal operating speed is produced by the
main winding alone.
 The main winding is designed for optimum running characteristics.
 Find the value of resistance in resistor-split phase motors or the capacitance in case of
capacitor-split phase motors, so that maximum starting torque is timum running
performance, its current Im is constant and lags V1 by a constant angle m at the time of
starting.

Resistor split-phase motors

V1
  b
V1 e ra increa sin g
Ia
I a
c
rm xm 0
90
Im 
m Im
CS
0 V1 f
ra xa 2x a V1
Ia A xa
a  b
Fig: (a) Resistor slip phase motor and (b) its phasor diagram under maximum starting
torque conditions
The schematic diagram for the resistor split phase motors is as shown in fig. main winding
current Im lags supply voltage V1 by an angle m , where
Xm
m  tan 1
rm
Here rm and Xm are the main winding resistance and reactance respectively,
If auxiliary winding resistance ra is zero, then
V1
Ia   oa
Xa
And it lags V1 by 900 as shown in fig. here Xa is the auxiliary winding reactance. When ra is
equal to infinity, Ia is zero and this is indicated by point o itself. When both r a and Xa are
present, current Ia lags V1 by some angle less than 900. Thus, as ra is increased from zero to
infinity, tip of phasor Ia follows a semi-circular current locus as shown in fig. the centre of
V1
this locus is f, where of = . If phasor Im, lagging V1 by m , is extended, it meets the
2X a
semi-circle at the point c.
The stating torque in a single phase induction motor is proportional to I mIa
sin   I m  (Perpendicular component of Ia).
 when a perpendicular is drawn from centre f of the semi-circular locus, on to the
extended phasor Im, then point b is obtained. The line joining b with o, then gives the
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 106 Electrical Machines
Institute

required starting current Ia in the auxiliary winding so that maximum starting torque is
obtained.
Now V1or oe is the tangent to the to the circle at o and ob=cb. As per the relations of a
circle, we have
bco  boe  a

But bco  bod    a

 m  doe  a    2a
1
Or a  m
2
1
Thus, under maximum starting torque conditions, a  m
2
Taking tangent of both the sides,
m
tan a  tan
2
m  
sin 2sin m cos m
= 2 = 2 2
m 2 m
cos 2 cos
2 2
sin m
=
 2 m      
 sin  cos 2 m    cos 2 m  sin 2 m 
 2 2   2 2 
sin m
=
1  cos m
Xa X r
Now tan a  ,sin m  m and cos m  m
ra Zm Zm
Here ra  jXa  Za is the auxiliary winding impedance at standstill and rm  jXm  Zm is the
main winding impedance at standstill, across their respective terminals.
Substitution of the values of tan a ,sin m and cos m in equation gives
X a X m / Zm Xm
 
ra r rm  Z m
1 m
Zm

Therefore, the resistance for obtaining the maximum starting torque is

Since Xa and Xm are proportional to the square of their respective number of effective turns
Na and Nm, Equation can be re-written as
2
N 
ra   a   rm  Zm 
 Nm 
The value of ra as given by Equation is the total resistance required in the auxiliary winding
for obtaining maximum torque at starting.
 Therefore, the external resistance to be inserted in series with auxiliary winding is equal
to ra as given by equation minus the auxiliary winding resistance.
Capacitor split phase motors
V1
  a
V1 b
C increa sin g
I e V1
rm xm
a c ra
900 V1
Im M CS m 2ra

C 0
ra xa
b
Ia A
a
Fig: (a) Capacitor split phase motor and (b) its phasor diagram under maximum
starting torque conditions
 Main winding current Im is constant and lags V1 by a constant angle m . The starting
capacitor C, in series with the auxiliary winding, is assumed lossless.
 1 
 Now when C  0, x c    and, therefore, Ia is zero giving the operating point o in
 2fC 
V
figure. When C , x c  0 and Ia  1 and when capacitive reactance xc= inductive
Za
V1
reactance Xa, Ia is given by  oa .
ra
 When C is increased from zero, x c starts becoming less than infinity and as xc is more
than Xa, Ia leads V1. The locus of the tip of phasor Ia is therefore, a circle as shown in
figure. For some value of C, Ia leads V1 by some angle a . The extension of phasor Im,
lagging V1 by m , meets the circle at point c.

As started before, the starting torque is maximum when component of

Ia   Ia sin  a  m   perpendicular to phasor Im is maximum. Now draw bd normal to oc. The
perpendicular bd on to the phasor Im must pass through e, the centre of the current locus. In
other words when a perpendicular is drawn from centre e of the circular locus, on to the
extended phasor Im, the point b is obtained. The line joining b with o, then gives the required
starting current Ia in the auxiliary winding so that maximum starting torque is obtained.
Since oe = eb = radius of the circle,
eob  ebo  a
In the right angled triangle odb,
dob  obd  900
Or  a  m   a  900
90  m
Or a 
2
sin a
Now tan a 
cos a
Use of the trigonometric relations
1  cos 2a
sin a 
2
1  cos 2a
And cos a 
2
1
 1  cos 2a  2
Gives tan a   
 1  cos 2a 
90  m
Substitution of the value of a  in the above equation gives
2
1
1  cos  90  m   2
tan a   
1  cos  90  m  
1
 1  sin m  2
=  ________(1)
1  sin m 
Since Ia has been taken as leading V1,

x c  Xa
tan a 
ra
Xm
Also sin m 
Zm
Substitution of tan m in equation (1) gives
1
x c  X m  Zm  X m  2
  _______ (2)
ra  Zm  X m 
Now Z2m  rm2  X 2m
Or Z 2m  X 2m  rm2

rm2
Or Zm  X m 
Zm  X m

Substitution of the value of  Zm  X m  in equation (2) gives

x c  Xa  rm2 2
 2 
ra   Z m  X m  
rm
=
Zm  X m
ra rm
 x c  Xa  _______(3)
Zm  X m
The value of capacitance to be inserted in series with the auxiliary winding for obtaining
maximum torque at starting is given by
1
C
x c
Where  is the angular frequency of supply voltage
3.18 The following data pertains to a 230-V, 50 Hz, capacitor start single phase induction motor
at standstill.
Main winding excited alone : 100 V, 2A, 40 W
Auxiliary winding excited alone: 80 V, 1A, 50 W.
(a) Determine the value of capacitance for obtaining the maximum starting torque.
(b) compute the value of starting capacitance so that and auxiliary winding currents are in
quadrature at the time of start.
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 110 Electrical Machines
Institute

Solution: (a) for main winding

100
Zm   50 
2
40
rm  2
 10 
 2
2 2
 Xm   50   10   48.99 

For auxiliary winding,

80
Za   80 
1
50
ra   50 
12
2 2
 Xa   80    50   62.45 

From equation (3), the value of xc for obtaining the maximum stating torque is
50 10
x c  62.45 
50  48.99
Capacitance C for maximum starting torque is
106
C  47.16 F
2 50  67.50
(b) Xa  62.45 , ra  50 
rm  10  and X m  48.99 
From Equation (4) ,
50 10
x c  6245   72.66 
48.99
Therefore, the starting capacitance C that would make Ia and Im in time quadrature at
starting, is given by
106
C  43.81F
2 50  72.66

Class Room Practice Questions

LEVEL - 1
01. An IM has a rated speed of 715rpm how many poles has its rotating magnetic field
a) 2pole b) 4pole c) 6pole d) 8pole

02. The figure shows the characteristics of an IM, what is the torque marked 1 called

a) Maximum torque
b) Starting torque
c) Rated torque
d) Frictional torque

03. Which of the following statements is not true for an IM?

a) If (1-S) is the power input to the rotor, the power lost in the rotor S(1-S)
b) Maximum torque of an IM is independent of the rotor resistance
c) An IM can supply the load stably from S = 0 to S = R2/X2
d) The efficiency of an IM is maximum when R2 = X2

04. In an IM, the rotor input is 600W and slip is 4% the rotor copper loss is
a) 700W b) 0.6W c) 650W d) 24W

05. The reactance per phase as compared to the resistance per phase of an IM is
a) quite high b) slightly large c) almost same d) very small

06. In the torque-speed characteristics of an IM stable region

a) X b) Y
c) Z d) W

07. Which of the following most economical method for starting single phase motor ?
a) Capacitance start method b) Split phase method
c) Inductance start method d) Resistance start method

08. A 500V, 50Hz motor takes a full load – current of 40A at a PF of 0.85 lagging. If a capacitor of
80µF is connected across the motor terminals the PF becomes
a) 0.72 b) 0.85 c) 0.97 d) 1.00

09. In the above problem full load current falls to

a) 21A b) 35A c) 42A d) 47A

10. Which of the following motors requires the most complicated speed control arrangement?
a) 3-phase squirrel cage IM
b) Stator supplied 3-phase commutator motor
c) Rotor supplied 3-phase commutator motor
d) DC shunt motor

11. The power scale of circle diagram of an IM can be found from

a) No load test only b) Short ckt test only c) Stator resistance d) None of the above

12. What will happen to rotor cu loss, if the frequency of the input to an IM increases?
a) Increases b) Decreases c) Stator input d) Watt at rotor speeds

13. The torque of a rotor in an IM under running condition is maximum

a) At unity value of slip
b) At zero value of slip
c) At the value of slip which makes the rotor reactance half of the rotor resistance
d) At the value of slip which makes the rotor reactance per phase equal to its resistance per phase

14. The shape of the torque/slip curve of an IM is

a) Hyperbola b) Parabola c) Straight line d) Rectangular parabola

15. A 440V, 50Hz, 6-pole, 3-phase IM has 3% slip. The relative speed between the rotor and stator
magnetic field will be
a) Zero b) 970rpm c) 1000rpm d) More than 1000rpm

16. A 3-phase IM connected in star takes 5A, when connected in delta it will takes
a) 5/ 3 b) 5 3 A c) 15A d) 5A

17. The slip of the a 500Hp, 3-phase, 400V, 50Hz IM is 5%. How many complete cycles will the rotor
voltage make per minute.
a) 100 b) 120 c) 150 d) 200

18. The starting current of a 3-phase IM is 60A at full load. The current drawn by the same motor at no
load will be?
a) 10A b) 90A c) 60A d) Dependent on linc voltage

19. Whenever any poly phase IM is loaded then

a) Induced emf in the rotor increases and its frequency falls
b) Induced emf in the rotor increases and its frequency rises
c) Induced emf in the rotor remains constant
d) Induced emf in the rotor decreases and its frequency increases

20. A 3-phase, 8-pole IM runs on 50Hz supply the rotor bar current makes 150 complete cycles per
minute. The rotor moves at a speed of
a) 710rpm b) 713.5rpm c) 712.5rpm d) None

21. In a 3-phase,, slipring induction motor has input is 440V, and the voltage at the slip rings is 110V.
If an input of 110V is given to the slip rings. The stator voltage would be?
a) 500V b) Nearly equal to 440V
c) Nearly equal to 1100 d) ‘0’

22. Two IM have 12 poles and 8 poles respectively. If the supply frequency is 25Hz the possible
running speed of the set will be
a) 750rpm b) 250rpm c) 100rpm d) 150rpm

23. While starting an IM with star delta starter at the star position
a) The torque developed in 3 times as high as at the run position
b) The torque developed is 3 times as high as at the run position
c) The current is 1/3 times of the current at direct on line starting
d) None of the above

24. If two IM running at the same speed and having same no of poles the physical dimensions are in the
ratio of 3 : 2. The O/P of both the motors will be in the ratio of
a) 3 : 2 b) 9 : 4 c) 27 : 8 d) 81 : 16

25. In the above question, the iron losses will be in the ratio of
a) 3 : 2 b) 9 : 4 c) 27 : 8 d) 81 : 16

26. In the above question, the cu losses will be in the ratio of

a) 3 : 2 b) 9 : 4 c) 27 : 8 d) 81 : 16

27. If 3-phase IM is switched on with one phase disconnected it is because

a) Is likely to burn it b) Will run at very low speed
c) Will not run at all d) None of the above

28. If two phases open accidentally of 3 – phase, supply of running 3-phase IM, the motor will
a) Stop b) Run at high speed
c) Continue to run depending on load d) None

29. If the input voltage and frequency of supply is halved to the 3-phase IM
a) The maximum torque is halved b) The maximum torque remains the sme
c) The air gap flux halved d) None of the above

30. Semi closed stator slot and not open slot is used in IM
a) To increase the pull out torque b) To decrease the slot reactance
c) To decrease magnetizing current d) a & b are correct

31. An increase in the value of air gap flux density in an IM

a) Increase iron loss b) Increase efficiency c) Decrease efficiency d) a & c are correct

32. A short air gap in an IM is necessary to achieve

a) Increased over load capacitor b) To reduce the pulsation loss
c) To reduce the noise d) A good PF

33. Induction motor is an

a) Synchronous machine b) Asynchronous machine
c) Doubly – excited machine d) Reluctant machine

34. The type of induction motor used, where higher starting torque and speed control is derived is,
a) Squirrel case induction motor b) Slip – ring induction motor
c) Cylindrical motor induction motor d) High power induction motor

35. Rotor of an induction motor, rotate in the

a) Direction of rotating magnetic field
b) Opposite direction of rotating magnetic field
c) Perpendicular direction of rotating magnetic field
d) None of the above

36. The mmf produced by the rotor currents of a 3 -  induction motor,

a) Rotates at the speed of rotor in the air gap
b) Is at standstill with respect to stator mmf.
c) Rotates at slip speed with respect to stator mmf
d) Rotates at synchronous speed with respect to rotor.

37. The slots on the rotor of an induction motor are usually skewed,
i) To obtain a uniform torque
ii) To reduce the magnetic locking of the stator and rotor
iii) To reduce the magnetic humming noise while running
a) i & ii only b) ii & iii only c) i & iii only d) i, ii & iii

38. The advantage of the double squirrel cage induction motor over single cage rotor is that its
a) Efficiency is higher b) Power factor is higher
c) Slip is larger d) Starting current is lower

39. Capacitor in a single – phase inductor motor is used for.

a) Improving the power factor b) Improving the starting torque
c) Starting the motor d) Reducing the harmonics

40. A 3 -  induction motor requires a starter,

a) Because there is no back Emf induced in the stator winding during starting
b) Because the motor doesnot posses an inherent starting torque
c) Because the induced secondary voltage and hence the currents in the windings are abnormally
high during starting
d) To increase the starting torque

41. Consider the following statements:

As a 3 – phase induction motor is loaded from no – load to rated load,
i) There is an improvement in the power factor
ii) The torque increases almost in proportion to slip
iii) The air – gap flux falls sharply which of the options are correct in these statements
a) i, ii & iii are correct b) i & ii are correct
c) ii & iii are correct d) i & iii are correct

42. The direction of rotation of the 3 – phase induction motor be reversed by

a) Increasing the excitation
b) Interchanging any two supply liner feeding 3 -  induction motor
c) Giving counter Emf
d) Increasing the frequency

43. In a 3-  induction motor, when both the supply voltage and frequency change such that v1/f1
remains, constant, which one of the following remains constant.
a) Starting torque b) Maximum torque c) Speed d) Starting current

44. Which of the following types of starters used for 3 – phase I.M
i) Direction line starter ii) Starter – reactor starter
iii) Auto transformer starter iv) Star – delta starter
a) i, ii & iii b) ii, iii & iv c) i, iii & iv d) i, ii, iii & iv

45. The reason(s) for the preference of fractional – pitch stator windings in 3 – phase induction motors
is/are,
i) To reduce the amount of copper require for the stator winding
ii) To reduce the mmf harmonics produced by the stator winding
iii) To make the torque - slip characteristic a smooth curve so as to avoid the grading
a) i only b) ii only c) iii only d) i, ii & iii

46. The power factor of an induction motor is __________ at starting.

a) Low b) High c) Unity d) Zero

47. The absolute speed of magnetic fields in space of a 3 -  rotor fed induction motor is,
a) Synchronous speed Vs. b) Rotor speed Nr
c) (Ns – Nr) d) (Ns + Nr)

48. A centrifugal switch is used in the single phase induction motor to

a) Protect the motor from over loading
b) Improve the starting performance of the motor
c) Cut off the starting winding at an appropriate instant
d) Cut in the capacitor during running conditions

49. Breakdown torque in a 3 – phase induction motor of negligible stator impedance is

a) Directly proportional to rotor resistance b) Inversely proportional to rotor resistance
c) Directly proportional to rotor leakage reactance,
d) Inversely proportional to rotor leakage reactance

LEVEL - 2
01. A 3-phase Induction Motor is driving a constant torque load at rated voltage and frequency. If both
voltage and frequency are halved, following statements relate to the new condition if stator
resistance, leakage reactance and core loss are ignored
1) The difference between synchronous speed and actual speed remains same
2) The air gap flux remains same
3) The stator current remains same
4) The p.u. slip remains same
Among the above, correct statements are
(a) All (b) 1, 2 and 3 (c) 2, 3 and 4 (d) 1 and 4

02. A single phase induction motor with only the main winding excited would exhibit the following
response at synchronous speed
(a) Rotor current is zero
(b) Rotor current is non-zero and is at slip frequency
(c) Forward and backward totaling fields are equal
(d) Forward rotating field is more than the backward rotating field

03. A single-phase, 230V, 50Hz, 4 pole, capacitor-start induction motor has the following stand-still
impedances
Main winding Zm = 6.0 + j4.0
Auxiliary winding Z = 8.0+j6.0 
The value of the starting capacitor required to produce 90° phase difference between the currents in
the main and auxiliary windings will be
(a) 176.84 F (b) 187.24 F (c) 265.26 F (d) 280.86 F

04. Assertion (A): Under V/f control of induction motor, the maximum value of the developed torque
remains constant over a wide range of speed in the sub-synchronous region.
Reason (B): The magnetic flux is maintained almost constant at the rated value by keeping the ratio
V/f constant over the considered speed range.
(a) Both [A] and [R] are true and [R] is the correct reason for [A]
(b) Both [A] and [R] are true but [R] is not the correct reason for [A]
(c) Both [A] and [R] are false
(d) [A] is true but [R] is false

05. The speed of a 4-pole induction motor is controlled by varying the supply frequency while
maintaining the ratio of supply voltage to supply frequency (V/f) constant. At rated frequency of 50
Hz and rated voltage of 400 V its speed is 1440 rpm. Find the speed at
30 Hz, if the load torque is constant
(a) 882 rpm (b) 864 rpm (c) 840 rpm (d) 828 rpm

06. A 3 phase, 10 kW, 400 V, 4 pole, 50Hz, star connected induction motor draws 20 A on full load. Its
no load and blocked rotor test data are given below.
No Load Test: 400V 6A 1002W
Blocked Rotor Test: 90 V 15 A 762 W
Neglecting copper loss in No Load Test and core loss in Blocked
Rotor Test, estimate motor’s full load efficiency.
(a) 76% (b) 81% (c) 82.4% (d) 85%
07. The electromagnetic torque Te of a drive and its connected load torque TL are as shown below. Out
of the operating points A,B,C and D, the stable ones are

(a) A, C, D (b) B, C (c) A, D (d) B, C, D

Statement for Linked Answer Questions 08 and 09.

A 3-phase, 440 V, 50 Hz, 4 pole, slip ring induction motor is feed from the rotor side through an auto
transformer and the stator is connected to a variable resistance as shown in the figure.

The motor is coupled to a 220 V, separately excited d.c. generator feeding power to fixed.
Resistance of 10. Two wattmeter method in used to measure the input power to induction motor.
The variable resistance is adjusted such that motor runs at 1410 rpm and the following reading were
recorded W1 = 1800 W, W2 = –200 W.

08. The Speed of rotation of stator magnetic field with respect to rotor structure will be
(a) 90 rpm in the direction of rotation (b) 90 rpm in the opposite direction of rotation
(c) 1500 rpm in the direction of rotation (d) 1500 rpm in the opposite direction of rotation

09. Neglecting all losses of both the machines, the dc generator power output and the current through
resistance (Rex) will respectively be
(a) 96 W, 3.10A (b) 120 W, 3.46A (c) 1504W, 12.26A (d) 1880W, 13.71A

10. A200 V.50 Hz, single-phase induction motor has the following connection diagram and winding
orientations shown. MM is the axis of the main stator winding (M1 M2) and AA is that of the
auxiliary winding (A1 A2). Directions of the winding axis indicate direction of flux when currents in
the windings are in the directions shown. Parameters of each winding are indicated. When switch S
is closed, the motor

(a) Rotates clockwise (b) Rotates anticlockwise

11. A separately excited dc machine is coupled to a 50Hz, three-phase, 4-pole induction machine as
shown in the figure. The dc machine is energized first and the machines rotate at 1600 rpm.
Subsequently the induction machine is also connected to a 50Hz, three-phase source, the phase
sequence being consistent with the direction of rotation. In steady state,

a) Both machines act as generators

b) The dc machine acts as a generator, and the induction machine acts as a motor
c) The dc machine acts as a motor, and the induction machine acts as a generator
d) Both machines act as motors

12. A full-load slip of 500hp, 50Hz, 3-phase induction motor is 0.02. The rotor winding has a resistance
of 0.25ohm per phase. Estimate the slip and power output if the external resistance of 2 is inserted
in each rotor phase. Assume that torque remains the same

13. An induction motor has a double cage rotor with equivalent impedance at standstill of (1.0  j1.0)
and (0.2  j4.0)ohms. Find the relative values of torque given by each cage (a) at starting and (b) at
slip of 5%

14. A 7.5 KW, 400 V, 4-pole induction motor gave the following test results:
No-load test
V0 = 400 V P0 = 330 W I0 = 3.52 A
Blocked rotor test
VSC = 110 V PSC = 615 W ISC = 13A
The effective ac resistance between the stator terminals is 2.2 and the full-load slip is 4%.
Determine:
(a) the parameters of the per phase circuit model.
(b) the stator current and its pf when the motor is delivering full-load.
(c) the efficiency in part (b).

15. A 400 W, 220 V, 50 Hz, 6-pole, permanent-capacitor motor has the following circuit model
parameters:
R1 = 9.2  X1m = 8.7 
R1a = 15.5  X1m = 13.5 
X = 138.5
Zc= – j257  (series capacitive reactance in auxiliary winding)
a = 1.25
R2 = 14.3 
X2 = 6.84 
The windage friction and core-loss is 45W
(a) Calculate starting torque and current
(b) Calculate motor performance at s = 0.1

ANSWER FOR
INDUCTION MOTORS (CRPQ)

LEVEL - 1
01. d 02. b 03. c 04. d 05. a 06. d 07. a 08. c 09. b 10. d
11. b 12. a 13. d 14. d 15. a 16. c 17. c 18. c 19. a 20. c
21. b 22. d 23. c 24. d 25. c 26. c 27. a 28. c 29. a 30. c
31. d 32. d 33. b 34. b 35. a 36. b 37. d 38. d 39. c 40. c
41. b 42. b 43. b 44. d 45. d 46. a 47. c 48. c 49. d

LEVEL - 2
01 b 02 b 03 a 04 a 05 c 06 b 07 a 08 d 09 c 10 b
a) R = 11,
0.18,418.36 a) 40.:1 R '2  1.113  x  4.732, x m  66.43 
11. c 12. 13. b) 0.4:1 14. b) 9.53 A, 0.86 lag
hp
c) 86.9%
15. a) 3.96 Nm, 6.95 A
b) IL= 2.78 A, 0.96 lag, 3.83 N-m, 68%

Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
4 SYCHRONOUS MACHINES
4.1 THE ADVANTAGES OF HAVING FIELD ON ROTOR:
1) If the high power rating armature is on rotor the slip rings capable of handling high currents
are required. So this will increase the cost.
2) Stationary armature windings can be insulated satisfactorily for higher voltages. This allows
construction of high voltage synchronous machines. (33kv)
3) Stationary armature winding can be cooled more efficiently. So large machines above
1000MW can be made.
4) Low power field winding on rotor gives lighter rotor, there fore low centrifugal forces. So higher
rotor speeds are possible. This increases the syn machine output for given dimensions.
5) Increased Armature tooth strength.
4.2 TYPES OF SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES:
i) Salient pole synchronous machine
ii) Cylindrical pole synchronous machine (round rotor or non salient pole)

 The field winding on a salient pole is concentrated winding.

 In cylindrical rotor the field winding is distributed winding, housed in rotor slots.
 The salient pole machines will have larger diameters and less axial length, used for low speed
applications. Generally used in hydro electric power stations. They are called as hydro
generators or hydro alternators. If the salient pole construction is used for high speed
applications, the rotor structure may not with stand for centrifugal forces developed.
 Cylindrical rotor machines used for high speed applications.
 2 pole cylindrical rotor made of one piece, solid steel forging. They will have less diameter
and larger axial length. These are used for steam or gas power stations. Cylindrical rotor
synchronous generators are called turbo alternators or turbo generators.
 Synchronous machine stator consists of a cast iron stator frame, a cylindrical silicon steel
laminated and uniformly slotted starter core, a poly phase distributed winding placed in the
stator slots.
PN
 Frequency of generated emf f  Hz
120
P
 For a ‘P’ pole machine, in one revolution, cycles are generated
2
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 123 Synchronous Machines
Institute

P
 In ‘n’ rev/sec, . n cycles/sec of emf generated.
2
 Cycles per second is referred as frequency of the emf wave.
Pn PN
 f  Hertz ; If speed N is in rpm f 
2 120

 Pole Pitch: The peripheral distance between two adjacent poles is called pole pitch. Pole pitch
is always expressed in electrical degrees rather than in mechanical degrees. Pole pitch is
always 180 electrical or  electrical radius.

 Full pitch coil: It is a coil whose two coil sides span is one pole pitch (180 electrical space
degrees apart).

If no of slots 24, & machine is 4 pole

24
Pole pitch (PP) =  6 slots
4
For a full pitched coil, coil sides placed in slots 1 and 7.

EXAMPLES

4.1) A synchronous machine has its field winding on the stator and polyphase armature winds on the
rotor when running at steady – conditions its air gap field is,
i) stationary w.r.t. stator
ii) rotating at synchronous speed (Ns) w.r.t stator
iii) Rotating at Ns in the direction of rotor rotation
iv) rotating at double the Ns w.r.t rotor
v) rotating at Ns w.r.t rotor
vi) rotating in direction opposite to direction of rotor rotation.
(a) ii, v (b) i, iv, vi (c) ii, iv, vi (d) i, iii, v
Ans : (b)

4.3 SHORT PITCHED / FRACTIONAL PITCHED COIL:

 It is the coil whose two coil sides span is less than one pole pitch.
Ex: If the coil sides placed in slot 1 and 6, i.e., coil span is equal to 5/6 of a pole pitch.

180 180 180 P Full pitch

Slot angle =  
pole pitch s / p s 5/6 pitch

P is no of poles 30
s is no of slots
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
180
Slot angle =  300
6 
0
The coil is short pitched by one slot angle i.e 30
 The coil span is 1500 [5  300 = 1500]

Advantages of using Short pitched coils:-

 To save the copper of end connections
 To improve the waveform of the generated emf (EMF can be made approximate to a sine
wave)
 Distorting harmonics can be reduced or eliminated.
 Increasing in efficiency (due to elimination of high frequency harmonics eddy current and
hysteresis losses are reduce(d)

Pitch Factor / coil span factor / chording factor (K p or K(c):

vector sum of the Induced emf's per coil
Kc 
Arithmetic (or algebraic) sum of induced emf/coil
If the coil is full pitched and E is induced emf in one side of the coil
Total Induced EMF in the coil is = 2E

If it is short pitched by 30 (Ele)

Resulted ER is vector sum of the voltages 30 apart.

ER
E

30
E
2 2 2
ER = E + E + [Link]

= 2E2 [1 + cos]
ER2 = 4E2 cos2/2
ER = 2Ecos/2
vector sum 2 E cos  / 2
Kc  =
arithhmetric sum 2E
 Kc = cos/2
‘’ is called as chording angle (or) short pitched angle.
 The winding employed short pitched coils is called chorded winding.

Distribution factor:- [or Breadth factor or spread factor]:

Vector sum of coil emfs
Kd 
arithmetic sum of coil emfs
EMF with distributed winding
Kd 
EMF with concetrated winding
180 180
Slot angle   
No. of slots/pole n
m = No o slots/pole/phase [one polar group]
AB = Es = 2rsin/2
Arithmetic sum is = mEs = m  2r sin/2
Vector sum AE = Er= 2rsin(m/2)
vector sum of coils emfs
Kd 
arithmatic sum of coil emf
sin( m / 2)
Kd 
m sin  / 2
4.4 EQUATION OF INDUCED EMF:
Z = no of conductors or coil sides in series/ph
= 2T where T is the no of coils or turns / ph
P  No of poles
f  freq. of induced emf in Hz
 = flux/pole in wb
sin m / 2
Kd = distribution factor =
m sin  / 2
Kc or Kp  pitch factor

Coil span factor = cos/2

Kf  form factor = 1.11
N = rotor r.p.m
 In one revolution of rotor [in 60/N sec] each stator conductor is cut by a flux of p
 d = p
Time taken for one rev dt = 60/N sec
d  pN
Avg. emf/conductor = 
dt 60
p 120 f  120 f 
Avg. emf / conductor =   2 f volts  N 
60 p  p 
If there ‘Z’ conductor in series/ph
Avg Emf/ph = 2fz = 4fT volts
RMS value of Emf / ph = 1.11  4fT
EMF / ph = 4.44 fT volts.
 This is induced emf if all the coils which are (1) full pitched (2) concentrated or bunched in
one slot.
If the coils are short pitched and distributed
Eph = 4.44Kc Kd fT volts
Where Kc is pitch factor Kd is distribution factor.
In case of Y connected stator EL = 3 Eph
Note: If  is short pitch angle or chording angle for fundamental flux wave
For 3rd harmonic = 3
For 5th harmonic = 5
 Pitch factor = Kc = cos/2  for fundamentals
rd
Kc = cos 3/2  3 harmonic
Kc = cos5/2  5th harmonic
Kc = cos n/2  n is order of harmonic

sin n m / 2
Kd  n is order of harmonic
m sin n  / 2
fn  n  f

Examples
4.2) The distribution factor for a 36 slots, 4 – pole, single layer three phone winding will be,
(a) 0.87 (b) 0.92 (c) 0.96 (d) 0.99
Ans : (c)
Sol:

Distribution factor, Kd =
 2
sin m

m sin   
2

m  36 3
 4  3
0 0
 = 180  180  200
 436 9

0
sin 3  20
K d  2  0.96
0
3sin 20
2
4.3) An alternator on open – circuit generator 300V at 60Hz when the field current is 3.6A. Neglecting
saturation, the open- circuit Emf, when the frequency is 40 HZ and the field current is 2.4A is,
(a) 120V (b) 153V (c) 160V (d) 166V
Ans : (c)
Sol: From the Emf equation of an alternator?
Ef
E1 1 f1
 
E2 2 f 2
Since saturation is neglected,  f
E1 I f 1. f1

E2 I f 2 . f 2

360 3.6  60
   E2  160V
E2 2.4  40
4.4) A 3 – phase, 20 – pole, synchronous generator has 180 stator slots with single layer full pitch
coils. There are 6 conductors per slot and all coils per phase are connected in series. The rotor is
driven at 300 rpm and the flux per pole (sinusoidal distribute(d) is 25 mwb. The voltage induced
per phase is nearest is
(a) 500V (b) 1000V (c) 1500V (d) 2000V

Ans : (b)
Sol: Total no. of conductors = 6  180 = 1080,
np 300  20
f    50 Hz
120 120
1080
No. of turns =  540
2
540
Nph (no. of turns (sense) (Phase) =  180
3
180  P 180  20
Slot angle,     200
S 180
180
and slots/pole / phase, m  3
3  20
Then, breadth factor,
sin m 
Kb = 2  0.95
m sin 
2
Hence,
EP  4.44  K b  f  N ph  
= 4.44  0.95  50  180  25  103
1000V

4.5 ARMATURE REACTION:

 In a loaded alternator there are two fluxes simultaneously acting, one is due to main filed poles
f. Other is due to passage of arm. Current through the arm winding a.
 The effect of arm flux on main field flux is called arm reaction.
 The effect of arm reaction depends on (1) magnitude of arm current (2) the p.f. of the load.
Case (1) UPF load:
 The armature flux is cross magnetizing. In other words the arm reaction at UPF is distortional

Case (2) Zero PF lagging:

 The armature reaction at zero p.f leading is demagnetizing.

Case (3) Zero P.f lead:

 The armature reaction at zero p.f leading is magnetizing
 For easy memory:

Case (1) Case (2)

f 180
90 Ia a
a f
90 90
Ia AR effect is cross
For pure inductive
magnetizing (for Ea
load (ZPF lag)
UPF load)
Ea AR is Purely demagnetizing

Case (3)
a Ia
f
90
For Pure capacitive
load (ZPF load)
Ea
AR is Purely magnetizing

Case (4) Normal Loads:-

(a) Lagging load (b) leading P.F
1
f f
2 2
a
a
1
Ia Ia

Ea Ea
Partly demagnetizing & Partly magnetizing & partly
partly cross magnetizing cross magnetizing
Phasor diagram of an alternator:-
 Armature winding has a finite resistance ra. In addition under load conditions. It has (1) Arm
leakage reactance Xal. This is due to the flux which links with only the armature winding or
conductors but doesn’t cross the air gap (this is called as leakage flux)
Ea  V
% Re g  100
V

 Armature reaction reactance (X(a), the voltage drop due to arm. Reaction is accounted by
assuming the presence of fictious reactance Xa in the arm winding.
 XS = Xal + Xa

Xs is Synchronous Reactance

ra xs
Ia
+ V
Ea ~
–

Vector Diagram for Lag P.F.:-

Ea Iaxa
E
Iaxs
 r Iaxl
Ia ra
Ia

Ea = V + Ia ra + jIaxs
= V + Ia (ra + jxs)
Ea = V + IaZs
Zs = ra + jxs is synchronous Impedance.

 From the above figure

2 2
Ea2  V cos   I a ra   V sin   I a xs 
2 2
Ea  V cos   I a ra   V sin   I a xs 
2 2
For lead p.f → Ea2   v cos   I a ra   V sin   I a xs 
2 2
Note: Ea  V cos   I a ra   V sin   I a xs  For lead p.f load.

 To obtain same terminal voltage /Ph, a higher induced voltage / Ph is required at lag P.F. than
at U.P.F.

Examples
4.5) A 60KVA, 220V, 50 – Hz, 1 –  alternator has effective armature resistance of 0.016 and an
armature leakage reactance of 0.07. The voltage induced in the armature when the alternator is
delivering rates current at a load p.f. of 0.7 leading will be,
(a) 200V (b) 197V (c) 208V (d) 218V
Ans : (c)
Sol: Full load rated current, I = 60000/220 = 272.2A
Ira = 272.2  0.016 = 4.3V
IXL = 272.2  0.07 = 19V
At P.f = 0.7 (lea(d),
E = [(V cos  + I R(a)2 + (V sin  – I XL)2]1/2
= 208V

4.6) A single-phase alternator has a synchronous reactance of 2 and negligible resistance. If it

supplies 10A to a purely capacitive load at 200V, the generated Emf will be,
(a) 240V (b) 220 volts (c) 200V (d) 180V
Ans : (d)
Sol:
Ef (generated Emf) = V t  I a X s
= 200 + (10j) . (2j)
= 180V.

4.6 REGULATION:
 It is the change in terminal voltage expressed as a percentage of rated voltage, when the load at
given P.F. changed from No load to full load, with speed and field current remaining
unchanged.
 For resistive and Inductive loads voltage reg is +ve VFL < Ea
 For capacitive load inductive loads reg is –ve VFL > Ea
Methods of Finding Regulation: (Speed & Excitation If constant):
1) Direct method
2) EMF method or synchronous Impedance Method (pessimistic metho(d)
3) MMF method  Optimistic method
4) ZPF method  Most accurate

1) Direct Method:
(N – constant)  sync speed
( – constant)  Adjusted to get rated voltage
E-V
% Reg =  100
V
All these methods requires
a) Armature resistance ra
b) Open circuit / no load characteristic
c) Short circuit characteristic (for potier method ZPF lag characteristic is use(d)

2) Synchronous Impedance Method:

(Zs & ra/Ph are determined by specific tests)
O.C.C.: Plot between Ea vs If
By keeping speed constant (at syn spee(d)
Air gap
EMF
line
O.O.C
O.O.C
EO.C
S.C.
Zs Current

If
S.C.C. Plot Ia vs If:
It is a straight line passing through origin.
 Ea is estimated based on nature of load, the regulation obtained by this method is more than the
actual value obtained by directly loading. So it is called as Pessimistic method.
 To find ra D.C. supply is used because a.c. method includes coupled losses in field pole
structure and its surrounding iron, yielding spurious values.

Voltage Reg at Different P.F.’s:

0.75P.F lag Lead P.f

Voltage/Ph No Load Voltage
upf
Rated voltage Volts
UPF
0.75 lead
Lag Pf
0.4 lead
Full load Ia
Ia/ph
Ia/ Ph
i) Lower the leading P.f greater the voltage raise from no load to full load (indicates
magnetizing effect of A.R. (Hence –ve reg).
ii) Lower the lag P.f greater the voltage decrease (indicates demagnetizing effect of A.R)

Reg

O lead
UPF 0 lag

3) M.M.F or AMPERE – Turn Method:

 This method also uses O.C. and S.C. test data.
 Armature leakage reactance is taken as an additional armature reaction i.e., it was assumed that
change in terminal voltage on load is entirely due to armature reaction only. The armature
resistance drop is neglected.
 Procedure to obtain voltage regulation by M.M.F method:-
1. Plot O.C.C. & S.C.C.
2. Find E = V + Ia ra (If ra is not neglecte(d). Find corresponding value of M.M.F fr (or field
current if we don’t know no of turns in the fiel(d)
3. Find the field ampere turns required (Fa + Fal) to circulate rated current under short circuit
form S.C.C.
4. Calculate the total MMF required by vectorially adding the above the MMF’s (Ff = Fr +
F(a). Corresponding to this ‘mmf’ find ‘E’ from O.C.C. and then regulation.
Let OA be the mmf required to produce ( V  I a Ra )

Note: This method gives results which are less than actual values.
 This method is called optimistic method.

4) Zero P.F method:

 This is based on separation of armature leakage reactance drop and the armature reaction
effects.
 For this method experimental data required is
i) No load curve (O.C.(C)
ii) Full load ZPF curve also called as wattles load characteristic.
ZPF curve: This is curve between V& I f when armature is delivering full load current at
ZPF.
 This curve can be drawn Connecting an under excited synchronous motor to an over excited
alternator terminals.
 For determining xal and Fa experimentally from potier triangle it is not necessary to plot entire
ZPF curve. Only two points A and F’ are sufficient.
 The point A we got by connecting alternator to a 3 line with ammeter and wattmeter. Adjust
If to get rated full load current and zero wattmeter reading.
 The other point F on ZPF curve obtained by short circuit test at which terminal voltage is zero
and rated current flows.
 OF is field current required to circulate rated current under short circuit.
 Draw horizontal line AD parallel and equal to FO.
 Through D draw a straight line parallel to the air gap lines intersecting O.C.C. at C. Draw CB
perpendicular to AD. Then ABC is the potier triangle.
BC = Iaxal
AB = Fa (MMF required to compensate armature reaction effect)
 Since, We know Ia. Calculate xal.
Voltage
Air gap
line O.C.C.
E C
Er Potier triangle

V Zpfc Ia = constant
D B A
AB = Fa
BC = Iaxal

O F B A

Procedure to find voltage regulation by potier triangle Method:

1) We will be given ‘V’
2) We will be given or calculate xal hence calculate Ia xal
3) Find Air gap voltage Er  V  Ia(ra  jxal )
4) From O.C.C. Find field current ' I f1 ' corresponding to Er.

5) Find field current required BA ' I f 2 ' for balancing armature reaction is founded from potier
triangle.
6) Add the two field currents vectorially I f  I f1  I f2

7) Obtain Ea from O.C.C corresponding to I f .

Ea  V
Now voltage regulation  100
V

Examples

4.7) To calculate the full – load voltage regulation of a synchronous generator at any power factor
using mmf method, it is required to have,
(a) open – circuit and short – circuit characteristics
(b) open – circuit and zero power factor characteristics
(c) open circuit characteristics, field current at rated short-circuit current and armature resistance
(d) short – circuit characteristics, zero power factor characteristics and armature resistance.
Ans : (b)
4.8) A 100 KVA, 3000V, 50 Hz, 3 –  star connected alternator has effective armature resistance of
0.2. The field current of 40A produces short circuit current of 200A and an open circuit Emf of
1040V (line value). The full load voltage regulation at 0.8 p.f. lagging will be
(a) 1.1% (b) 2.2% (c) 3.3% (d) 4.4%
Ans : (b)
o.c voltage / phase
Sol: Zs  – for same excitations
s.c current / phase
1040 / 3
=  3
200

Xs  Zs 2  Ra 2  2.99

Full load current, I = 100000  19.2 A

 3  3000 
IRa = 3.84V
IXs = 57.4V E0 = 1768V 57.4(I  s)
voltage / phase  3000  1730V
3
cos   0.8, sin   0.6 
3syv
For p.f. 0.8 lagging, 
1
2 2 2
Eo   v cos   IRa    v sin   IX s   = 1768V.
 
 1768  1730 
%egh     100  2.2%
 1730 
4.9) The synchronous – impedance method of finding the voltage regulation by a cylindrical motor
alternator is generally considered as,
(a) a pessimistic method became saturation is not considered
(b) an optimistic method became saturation is not considered
(c) a fairly accurate method if power factor is not taken into account while determining
synchronous impedance
(d) a fairly accurate method when power factor is taken into account while determining
synchronous impedance.

Ans : (a)
Sol: As unsaturated value of Zs is more than the saturated value, voltage regulation computed by Emf
method in much higher than the actual value. It is became of this reason that the Emf method is
called a pessimistic method. This procedure how ever, tells us that the voltage regulation would
always be less than that computed by this method.

4.10) A 3 – Phase, 400V, delta connected alternator has a synchronous impedance of (0 + j 20) /phase.
If it delivers a balanced load of 12KVA at zero power factor leading, then the percentage voltage
regulation of the alternator is equal to,
(a) – 50 (b) + 50 (c) – 150 (d) + 150
Ans : (c)
E f  Vt
Sol: % regulation   100
Vt
jX s I a
= 100
Vt

=
 j 20  30 j  100
400
= – 150
4.7 TWO REACTION THEORY OF SALIENT POLE MACHINES:-
 In case of salient pole machines the reluctance in the air gap is not uniform. The reluctance in
the polar or direct axis is smaller than the reluctance in the interpolar or quadrature axis.
 Therefore the theory applicable to cylindrical machines can n’t be applied to salient pole
machines. So the two reaction theory evolved.
 According to this theory Ia is reduced into two components Id in time quadrature with E and
component Iq in time phase with E.
Eaq = -jxaqIq Eaq = jIq xaq
E E
Eaq = -jxadId Ead = jId xad

-jIa xal jIaxal

-Iara
vt Iara
Iq Ia VE
Iq
aq   Ia
d-axis

Ff f ad Id f Id

Ead
E  Vt  I a ra  jI a xal  jI d xad  jxaq I aq

 E  Vt  I a ra  jI d ( xal  xad )  jI q ( xal  xaq )

E  Vt  I a ra  jI d xd  iI q xq

xad  xal  xd d – axis synchronous reactance

xaq  xal  xq is q-axis synchronous reactance
xal has been assumed to be same for both d and q-axis

Note: xd  xq [ Reluctance in d-axis low] Always d – axis reactance is higher than q –

axis reactance.
I q  I a cos(  )  I a cos 
I d  I a sin(  )  I a sin 
E  Vt  I a ra  jI a xq  jI d  xd  xq 

For Motor:
Vt  E  I a ra  jI d xd  jI q xq
Vt  E  I a ra  jI a xq  jI d ( xd  xq )

4.8 SLIP TEST (MEASUREMENT OF Xd, Xq):

 In this test the synchronous. Machine is driven by separate prime mover at a speed slightly less
than synchronous speed.
 The field winding is left open.
 Apply the balanced voltage of reduced magnitude (around 25% of rate(d) to the stater (at rated
frequency)
 Relative speed is difference of synchronous speed and rotor speed (slip spee(d)

A
Prime
mover
Reduced
3ph voltage

Field winding
open

 Prime mover speed is adjusted till ammeter, voltmeter pointers swings slowly between max &
min position. Record the max & min value of Ammeter and voltmeter.
 Since applied voltage is constant the air gap flux would be constant. When crest of armature
MMF wave is in line with field pole axis, minimum air gap offers minimum reluctance, the
armature current required to establish the constant flux must be minimum.
 Constant applied voltage minus min voltage drop in the leads and 3ph variance gives max.
Armature terminal voltage.

[Link] terminal voltage / ph

Xd 
Min Armature current /ph

Min Armature terminal votlage/ph

Xq 
Max armature to current / ph

Disadvantages:
1) Inertia effect of voltmeter and ammeter leads to wrong measurement
2) If is not possible to maintain lesser slip speeds. So, at larger armature voltages we cann’t used.
So, it is better to use oscillorphic method.

4.11) The results of a ‘slip test’ for determining direct – axis (x(d) and quadrature – axis (xq) reactance of
a star connected, salient pole alternator are given below, phase value:-
Vmax  108V ;Vmin  96V ; I max  12 A, I min  10 A.
Hence the two reactances will be,
(a) X d  10.8, X q  8 (b) X d  9, X q  9.6

(c) X d  9.6, X q  9 (d) X d  8, X q  10.8 

Ans : ((a)
Vmax 108
Sol: Xd    10.8
I min 10
Vmin 96
Xq    8
I max 12
4.9 POWER ANGLE CHARACTERISTIC OF SYNCHRONOUS MACHINE:
 Consider a cylindrical rotor synchronous generator feeding power to an infinite bus of constant
voltage Vt.
E xs
~
Ia Vt
ra is neglected
 Phaser diagram for lag P.f with ra = 0
E c

Iaxs
 90+
O b
 90- r
Ia
a
From obc
bc oc

sin boc sin obc

I a xs E

sin  sin(90  )
E sin 
I a cos  
xs
EVt
P  sin 
xs
Salient pole synchronous machine:- for lag P.f.
Components of Vt in phase with Id & Iq are
Vt sin, & Vt cos
Per phase power developed
 P  I d Vt sin    I q Vt cos  
 Phasor diagram for lag PF and ra = 0
Resultant power
jIqxq
d c
E EVt sin
jIdxd p
xd
a b

Vt Vt2  1 1 
Ee     sin 2
Iq Ia 2
Ia  xq xd 
~ 
Vt Motor Generator
Xd x q 0 Id
Power angle characteristics

P  I d Vt sin    I q Vt cos  

Vt sin   ab  dc  I q xq
Vt sin 
Iq 
xq

Vt cos   oa  od  ab
= E  I d xd
E  Vt cos 
Id 
xd

EVt V2  1 1 
P sin   t    sin 2
xd 2  xq xd 

 1st component is called as electromagnetic power

 2nd term is called as reluctance power which exists even when E = 0 (i.e., If = 0)
1 Vt 2  1 1 
   sin 2 is called reluctance torque ( = 2n)
 2  xq xd 

 That is why synchronous motor connected to an infinite bus would continue to run as a
reluctance motor and at synchronous speed if its field current is reduced to zero.
 For salient pole machine, the maximum power occurs at  < 90.

Synchronizing power co – efficient:

 The rate at which synchronous power P varies with  is called the synchronizing power
coefficient ‘Psy’.
 It is also known as stiffness of coupling, rigidity factor or stability factor.
 For cylindrical rotor machine
dp EVt
Psy   cos 
d xs
 For salient pole machine
dp
Psy 
d
EVt 1 1 
Psy  cos   Vt 2    cos 2
xd  xq xd 
 
 It is measure of stiffness of electromagnetic coupling between stator and rotor fields.
1
Psy  E 
xs
 Over excited and larger air gap (Xs or Xd) machines are more sliffer.
 Units are watts/electrical radian
 EVt
cos 
 Psy = 180 xs watts/ele degree
2
 One electrical degree = P (one Mechanical degree)
P EVt
cos 
  Psy = 360 Xs watt/mech. Degree

Synchronizing torque coefficients (Tsy):

1 dp
Tsy = m Nm/[Link]
s d 
1 dp p
Tsy = m Nm/[Link]
s d  360
 s = 2ns, ns is synchronous speed in rps.
Psy
Power


90

Now let the load angle changed from  to  + s

 The variation of synchronous power associated with be change of load angle , is called as
synchronizing power Ps.
dp
Ps  .
d
EVt
Ps  cos 
xs
 EV  1 1  
Ps   t cos   Vt 2    cos 2  
 xd x 
 q xd  

 In generator at no load  = 0 and Vt = E

Vt 2
 Ps  
xs
E Vt
 
 But xs xs steady state short circuit current, Isc
Ps  Vt .I sc  Watts

Note: Synchronizing power come into play only when the steady state operating conditions are
disturbed. Once the steady state condition is reached Ps reduces to zero.
 Ps gives rise to synchronizing torque Ts and its magnetic force shall disturbance s is
1
Ts  Ps
s

1 dV
= m 
s d 
= Tsy 
 If the armature resistance is not neglected
EVt
Ps  cos(   z ).
Zs
ra
 z  tan 1
xs

Examples

4.12) A star – connected synchronous motor rated at 187KVA, 3 - , 2300V, 47A, 50HZ, 187.5rpm has
an effective existence of 1.5 and a synchronous reactance of 20 per phase. The internal power
developed by the motor when it is operating at rated current and 0.8 pf. Leading will be
(a) 120kw (b) 130kw (c) 140kw (d) 150kw
Ans : (c)
Sol: Power supplied to motor, P  3VL I L cos 
= 3  2300  47  0.8  149.78kW
2
Total copper loss = 3I 2 R  3   47   1.5  9.94kW
Internal power developed = 9 – 3I2R
= 149.78 – 9.94
= 139.84 KW  140KW.

4.13) A 3 – phase, Y – connected synchronous generator supplies current of 10A having phase angle of
200 lagging at 400V. The components of armature current Id and Ig respectively are, [Xd = 10, Xq
= 6.5]
(a) 4.5 A & 8.2 A (b) 4.7 A & 8.8 A (c) 5.3A & 8.1 A (d) 4.5 A & 8.1 A

Ans : (b)
Sol: Cos  = cos 200 = 0.94, sin = 0.342, Ia = 10A.
I a X q cos 
tan    0.1447
V  I a X q sin 

 = 8.230

Id = Ia sin ( + ) = 4.73 A
Iq = Ia cos ( + ) = 8.81 A
 Id = 4.73 & Iq = 8.81A.

4.14) A 5MVA, 11KV, 3- phase star connected alternator is synchronized to the bus ban and in
operating with an induced Emf of 125% of the rated voltage. If the load current is 100A, the
machine has a synchronous reactance of 5A and negligible resistance per phase, the power factor
of operation is,
(a) 0.5 (lag) (b) 0.5(lea(d) (c) 0.855 (lag) (d) 0.855 (lea(d)
Ans : (d)
Sol: VL = 11KV, Vph = 6350.85V, EL =13.75 KV
Eph = 7938.56V, IL = 500A, Xs = j5
Vph = 6350.85 00 and
IL = 500 – 

Eph = V ph  j s I L
2 2
 7938.562   6350.85  2500sin    2500sin  

(or)
sin  = 0.518
cos  = 0.855
Power factor = 0.855 (lag)
4.15) Assertion (A) : The short circuit ratio (SCR) of a three phase alternator should be high.
Reason (R): A high value of SCR will decrease the value of voltage regulation and will increase
the maximum power output.
(a) Both A & R are true and ‘R’ is the correct explanation of A.
(b) Both A & R are true and ‘R’ is not the correct explanation of A.
(c) A is true but ‘R’ is false
(d) A is false but R is true
Ans : (a)
1
Sol:  SCR 
Xs
E f Vt
Pmax 
Xs

4.16) Consider the following

1. Supply voltage
2. Excitation current
3. Max value of load angle
The maximum power developed by a synchronous motor is a function of which of the above
(a) 1 & 2 (b) 1 & 3 (c) 2 & 3 (d) 1,2, & 3
Ans : (a)
Sol: P = Pmax sin
E  Vt
= f sin 
Xs
 Pmax  Ef . Vt.

4.10 SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR

 In synchronous motor 3A.C. supply is given to its stator and rotor is fed by D.C. supply
 Synchronous motor is not self starting machine.
 When 3 currents are flowing in the stator of a synchronous motor, a synchronously rotating
magnetic field is setup.
 For a 2pole machine stator N, S poles rotate at synchronous speed.
 At the instant shown in figure (1), stator N, S poles attract the rotor S, N poles, thus producing
a clockwise torque on the rotor.
 After half cycle (i.e, after 0.01se(c), stator N, S poles repel the rotor, N, S poles thus producing
a counter clockwise torque figure (2).
 The rotor due to its inertia will not respond to such quick reversals of electromagnetic torque,
consequently the rotor remains at stand still. Therefore the net starting torque is zero.

N S
S S
Tc
N N
S N

4.11 STARTING METHODS OF SYN MOTOR:-

1) Auxiliary Motor Starting:
 Auxiliary motor is used to bring the main motor speed nearer to synchronous speed. Auxiliary
motor can be induction motor or D.C. motor.
 When the speed of the synchronous motor speed is near to synchronous speed field winding is
energized by D.C supply, then the rotor poles get locked with the stator poles.
 When synchronous motor is coupled with D.C. machine, the D.C. machine runs as motor, the
main motor is made to operate as synchronous generator is synchronized with 3 supply. If
the D.C. motor is switched off the main motor starts running as syn. Motor.
Disadvantage:
 Auxiliary – motor starting is used only for unloaded synchronous Motor.
2) Induction motor starting (or starting by damper winding):
 To make the motor self starting, the armature or damper winding is embedded in the slots in
the rotor pole faces. This winding is short circuited at both the ends by metal rings. This
winding is similar to squirrel cage winding of 3 Induction motor.
 When armature is excited from 3 supply rotating magnetic field is established. This field and
damper winding develops induction motor torque, so the motor runs as squirrel cage IM. If the
field winding is energized from D.C. source, the rotor and stator poles will lock together
provided the rotor poles just approaching stator poles are of opposite polarity.
 When the loads requiring high starting torques, the synchronous motor uses slip ring induction
motor starting.

3) Synchronous Induction Motor:-

 The rotor is similar to the rotor of slip ring induction motor. At the time of starting, high
resistance is inserted in the rotor circuit in order to develop high starting torque.
 As the motor speeds up the resistance is gradually reduced to zero. At the speed nearer to
synchronous short circuit is removed and rotor is switched over to d.c. supply Now the locking
of stator & rotor poles occurs.

The effect of Excitation on Ia & P.f:-

 As the applied voltage Vt is constant the air gap flux is constant. Air gap flux is established by
co-operation of both A.C. in armature winding & D.C. in the field winding.

 If the field current is sufficient enough to establish constant air gap flux, the motor operates at
UPF.
 This field current which causes UPF operation of synchronous motor is called “normal
excitation or normal field current”
 If the field current is less than the normal excitation, the motor is said to be “under excited”
and operates at lagging p.f.
 If the field current is more than the normal excitation, then the motor is “over excited” and
operates at leading power factor.

Synchronous Motor Phasor Diagrams:

Iaxs Iara
Iaxs
A C C B
Vt VE E
Iaxs Vt Iara
B D
E
Iara
E 90 ,


 
 Ia Ia Ia
Iacos constant
O
Fig (4): At lag p.f Fig (5): At unity P.F Fig (6): At lead p.f

Vt  E  I a (ra  jxs )

Vt is always ahead of E
2 2
For lag P.F E 2  Vt cos   I a ra   Vt sin   I a xs 
2 2
For UPF E 2  V  I a ra    I a xs 
2
For lead P.F E 2  Vt cos   I a ra   (V sin   I a xs ) 2
The effect of field current can also be explained by phasor diagram
Assume ‘ra’ is neglected and xs, Vt are constants.

EVt
Power per phase P= sin   Vt I a cos 
xs

 For constant power E sin, Ia cos are constant

E sin 
E3
Ia3xs Over excitation
Vt Normal excitation
Ia2xs E2
Ia1xs
Under
E1 excitation
Ia2

Ia cos Ia3 Ia1

 For E1 excitation is increased. From the diagram it is clear that current is minimum at UPF.
 V-curves shows the relation between Ia & If with constant shaft load and terminal voltage.
And inverted V – curves shows relation between p.f & If.

Ia
Full load

½ Full load

No load

P.f

Full load
½ Full load

No load

If
Fig: ((a) V - curves ((b) Inverted V - curves

Synchronous condenser:
 An over excited synchronous motor can be used for power factor improvement of the supply
systems.
 The unloaded over excited synchronous motor used for improvement of power factor of supply
system is called a synchronous condenser or synchronous compensator.

Power Equations:-

V  E  I a Zs
Motor input/Ph = VfIacos
Total input power for  connected 3 machine P = 3VL I L cos 
Mechanical power developed in the rotor.
Pm = Back emf  Armature current  cos Angle between the two
Pm  EI a cos(  )
Shaft power = Pm  Iron & friction and windage loss

Power input/ph = P  Pm  I a 2 ra

A.C electrical Gross mechanical

power i/p Stator culoss power developed Iron friction & Net Mechanical
(Ia2 ra) px1 = VIacos - Ia2ra wind age loss power out put
P = V Ia cos
(psh)
(per phase) = EIacos( - )

Mathematical Equation for Power Developed:

Ia Zsz

ra xs
Vt E

V  E  IaZs

V E V E
Ia   
Zs Zs Zs
V    z  E     z
Ia 
Zs

V 2    z VE   z
Input Sim  VI a* 
Zs Zs

V2 VE
Pim  cos  z  cos( z  )
Zs Zs
xs
 z  tan 1
ra

Let z = 90 - z
V 2 ra VE
 Pim   cos  90   z   
zs zs zs

VE V2
Pim  sin     z   2 ra
zs zs

 Power output at load for a motor

S om  E  I a *
V  z  E    z 
 E   
 zs 
 Active = power output
EV E2
Pom  cos  z     cos  z
Zs Zs
EV E2
Pom  sin     z   2 ra
Zs Zs

 Similarly for generator

EV E2
Pig  sin(    z )  2 ra
Zs Zs
EV V2
Pog  sin(   z )  2 ra
Zs Zs

Pom = Mechanical power developed or gross power developed

Shaft power = Pom – Rotational losses (friction, windage, & Iron loss)
Pim  Pom  I a 2 ra ohmic loss  or  pig  pog  I a 2 ra

From OAB = OA2 + OB2 – [Link] cos = AB2

E 2  V 2  2 EV cos   I a 2 Z s 2 can be used to find .

B
jIaxs
Iazs

V Iara
A
E

 
Ia

Generally ra = 0
z = 0 Z s = xs
EVt
Pim  Pom  Pig  Pog  sin 
xs

Condition for maximum power output: - (Fixed E, Vt, ra, xs)

dPom EV
 cos(   z )  0
d Zs
  90   z   z
 For Max power output load angle  = impedance angle z
i.e Maximum power output occurs when load angle is equal to impedance angle.
 Max power developed
EV E 2
Pom (max)   ra …………..(1)
Zs Zs 2
Above equation depends on E(excitation) & V
For fixed V, raxs: Now to find out Et at which Pom is max.
In this case power varies with E
d ( Pom ) V 2 Era
0  0
dE Zs Zs 2
VZ
 E s
2 ra
Putting in equation (1)
2
V 2 Z s  VZ s  ra
Pom (max)    .
Zra .Z s  2ra  Z s 2
V2 V2 V2
=  
2ra 4ra 4ra
V2
 Pom  max 
4ra

EXAMPLES

4.17) A 750KW, 11KV, 3 – phase, star connected synchronous motor has a synchronous reactance of
35 / phase and negligible resistance. When the motor is operating on full load at 0.8 pf leading,
its efficiency is 93% under this condition, the excitation Emf perphase will be,
(a) 7.2 KV (b) 7.3 KV (c) 7.6 KV (d) 7.9 KV

Ans : (c)

750
Sol:   0.93; input   806.45 KW
0.93
806.45
Ia   52.9 A, 0.8 pf leading
3 11 0.8
11000
Vt   6351V .
3
Ef = Vt – jIaXs = 6351 – j52.9 (0.8 + j0.6)  35
= 7607. 5V.
4.12 EXCITATION CIRCLES OF SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR:
 The excitation circle diagram gives the locus of armature current ‘Ia’ as the excitation voltage
‘E’ & load angle ‘’ are varied.
V  E  IaZs
V E
Ia  
Zs Zs
V

E

F
A

O  V C E
E
Zs Zs
B
Zs

Locus of Ia as E &  are varied.

From triangle OCA:
OA2 = OC2 + AC2 – 2OC AC cos
2 2
V   E  V E
Ia2 =       2 . .cos 
 Zs   Zs  Zs Zs

If Vt is constant
Vt
 OC constant
Zs

'E '
 For a fixed excitation voltage E, the extremities of phases and ‘Ia’ following path of a
Zs
circle as load is changed on the motor. This locus is called excitation circle
 It defines magnitude and p.f of Ia & load angle  for different shaft loads.
 For E>Vt, Ia for some load angle , is equal to OF and it leads Vt.
 The max value of load angle ACO is z.

Power Circles: A power circle gives the locus of the armature current Ia, as mechanical
power developed and p.f angle  are varied.
‘P’ is Mechanical power developed /Ph
P = V Ia cos - Ia2ra.
= Shaft power + Iron & Mech. loses
V P
 Ia2 - Ia cos + =0 ………….(1)
ra ra
V P
 Ia2 cos2 + Ia2 sin2 – Ia cos + = 0
ra ra
Let x = Ia sin
y = Ia cos
V P
 x2 + y2 – y 0 …………(2)
ra ra

 The above equation is identical to general circle equation

x 2  y 2  2 gx  2 fy  c  0 ...........  3

 For which centre is at (-g, -f) and radius is g2  f 2  c

Hence equation (2) indicates

V y

2
 V  P
  
C  2ra  ra

A
Vt
 y = Iacos
2ra
O

x = Iasin
2
V 
 If we add   on both sides to (1)
 2ra 
2
V V   V  2 P 
2
Ia - Ia cos +   =    
ra  2ra   2ra  ra 

2
 V  P
 This show that    is one side of triangle OAC. Hence OA indicates ‘Ia’.
 2ra  ra

 V 
 When P = 0. The radius of the power circle =  
 2ra 

Shows that zero power circle passes through origin marked ‘O’
 As power develop P Increase the radius Decreases.

Max power occurs when radius of power circle is zero inclined lettering
 2 
  V   Pmax = 0
  2 ra  ra 
 
2
 Pmax = V
4ra

V
Corresponding to Pmax, radius is zero and Ia =
2ra
Max power input = Vt. Ia cos

V V2
= V. .1 =
2ra 2ra
V2
Max power o/p =
4ra
 Efficiency at Max power o/p = 50%

4.13 HUNTING:
 When the load on the Synchronous Motor is varying, the rotor of the machine oscillates to reach
its final equilibrium position. This phenomenon is called hunting.
Various causes of hunting:
1) a sudden change in load.
2) If the supply frequency is pulsating.
3) A sudden change in field current.
4) A load of drive containing harmonic torques.
 The effects of hunting:
1) It produces severe mechanical stress and fatigue in the shaft.
2) It causes great swings in current and power flow.
3) It increases machine losses and thus the temperature rise of the machine.
 It can be mitigated by:–
1) Using a flywheel.
2) Designing a synchronous machine with suitable synchronizing power coefficient or stiffness
factor.
3) Using damper or armature winding
Damper Winding:
 Damper winding consists of low resistance Copper, brass, or aluminum bars, embedded in slots
front and the ends are short circuited.
 When the rotor is running at synchronous speed, the relative speed between damper bars and
rotating air gap flux is zero. No flux cutting action takes place and emf generated in damper bars
is zero, therefore no damping torque is developed. When the rotor speed deviates from
synchronous speed, emf will be induced in the rotor bar, and damping torque developed to bring
the rotor speed to synchronous speed. (Induction Motor action takes place)

4.14 PARALLEL OPERATION OF ALTERNATORS:

 The operation of connecting an alternator in parallel with another alternator or with common bus
bar is called as synchronizing.
 If connecting an alternator to a bus to which already some alternators are connected and if the
voltage and frequency of the system remains same then that bus bar is called as infinite bus bar.
 For proper parallel operation of alternators, the following 3 conditions must be satisfied.
1) The terminal voltage of the alternators must be same.
2) Frequency of output voltage must be same.
3) Their phase sequence must be same.
 Condition (1) indicated by a voltmeter. (2) & (3) are indicated by synchronizing lamps or
synchronoscope.

Load Sharing:
I1 I

Zs1 Zs2 V
ZL

~ E1 ~ E2

 Consider two alternators connected in parallel, and their common terminal voltage ‘V’
V = E1 – I1Zs1 = E2 – I2Zs2 = (I1 + I2) ZL  (1)

 E1 – E2 = I1ZS1 – I2ZS2  (2)

I1 Z s1   E1  E2 
I2 =
Zs2
Putting in equation (1) and solving

i.e E1 – I1Zs1 = I1ZL + I2ZL

E1Z s 2   E1  E2  Z L
I1 
Z L  Z s1  Z s 2   Z s1Z s 2

E2 Z s1   E1  E2  Z L
I2 
Z L  Z s1  Z s 2   Z s1Z s 2

V = IZL

E1  V E2  V
I1  , I2 
Z s1 Zs 2

 Circulating current under no local condition is

E1  E2
Ic 
Z s1  Z s 2

Examples
4.18) Two 20 – MVA, 3 –  alternators operate in parallel to supply a load of 35 MVA at 0.8 p.f.
lagging. If the output of one machine is 25 MVA at 0.9 lagging, the p.f. of the other machine will
be,
(a) 0.24 lag (b) 0.24 lead (c) 0.47 lag (d) 0.47 lead
Ans : (c)
Sol:
Load MW = 35  0.8 = 28,
Load MVAR = 35  0.6 = 21
First M/c; cos 1  0.9,sin 1  0.436

MVA1 = 25, MW1 = 25  0.9 = 22.5,

MVAR1 = 25  0.436 = 10.9.
Second M/c ;
MW2 = MW – MW1 = 28 – 22.5 = 5.5
MVAR2 = MVAR – MVAR1 = 21 – 10.9 = 10.1

MVA2 = MW22  MVAR22  5.52  10.52  11.5

5.5
cos 2   0.478 lagging.
11.5
4.19) Two alternators A and B operate in parallel and supply a load of 10MW at 0.8 p.f. lagging. By
adjusting the steam supply of A, its power output is adjusted to 6000kw and by changing its
excitation, its p.f is adjusted to 0.92 lagging. The power factor of alternator ‘B’ will be,
(a) 0.57 (b) 0.69 (c) 0.62 (d) 0.59
Ans : (c)
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 158 Electrical Machines
Institute

Sol: cos   0.8,   36.90 , tan   0.7508; cos  A  0.92,  A  230 ,

Load kw = 10000, load KVAR = 10000  0.7508 = 7508

KW of A = 6000, KVAR of A = 6000  0.4245 = 2547
 KW of B = (10000 – 6000) = 4000
KVAR of B = (7508 – 2547) = 4961
 KVA of B = 4000 – j4961 = 6371 – 51.10.
 cos B = cos 51.10 = 0.628.
4.20) The effective resistance of a 2200V, 50Hz, 440KVA, 1 – phase alternator is 0.5. On short
circuit, a field current of 40A given the full load current of 200A. The electromotive force on open
– circuits with same field excitation is 1160V. The synchronous reactance will be,
(a) 4.6  (b) 5.2  (c) 5.7  (d) 6.6 

Ans : (c)
Sol:
For a 1 – ph alternator, since the field current is same for O.C and S.C conditions.
1160
Zs   5.8
200

Xs  Z s 2  Rs 2

= 5.82  0.52
= 5.778

4.21) A 6 – pole, 3 – phase alternator running at 1000 rpm supplier to 8 – pole, 3 – phase induction
motor which has a rotor current of frequency 2 Hz, the speed at which the motor operator is,
(a) 1000 rpm (b) 960 rpm (c) 750 rpm (d) 720 rpm

Ans : (d)
1000  6
Sol: Supply frequency, f   50 Hz
120
as s f i.e, slip frequency = 2Hz  s = 0.04.
 N s  120  5  750 rpm
8
 N r  N s 1  s   750 1  0.04   720 rpm

4.22) Which of the following will change in a synchronous machine, as a consequence of excitation
variations?
i) pullout torque ii) Torque angle
iii) Magnitude & power factor of stator current iv) output power
(a) i & iii (b) ii & iv (c) ii, iii & iv (d) i, ii & iii
Ans : (b)

4.23) A 3 – phase alternator deliver power to a balanced 3 – phase load of power factor 0.707 lagging. If
is observed that the open circuit Emf phasor leads the corresponding terminal voltage phasor by
150. Neglecting the effect of harmonies, the angle between the axis of the main field mmf and the
axis of the armature mmf will be,
(a) 300 electrical (b) 600 electrical (c) 900 electrical (d) 1500 electrical
Ans : (b)
Sol: Angle between Ef and Par
=+
= Cos–1 (0.707) + 150
= 450 + 150
= 600
4.24) A 3 – phase synchronous motor with negligible losses is connected to the supply at rated
frequency and constant terminal voltage ‘V’. The induced Emf of the motor is designated as E. If
the motor is now gradually loaded to its rated power, adjusting its excitation to obtain, say 0.8
leading power factor operation, then E – phasor would,
(a) be less than V – phasor and also lead v - phasor
(b) be greater than v – phasor and also lead v – phasor
(c) be less than v – phasor and also lag v – phasor
(d) be greater than v – phasor and also lag v – phasor
Ans : (a)
Sol:
Vf Ef
Ia
0.8 

4.25) An alternator of 400KW is driven by a prime mover of speed regulation 4% and another alternator
of 200kW is driven by a prime moves of speed regulation 3%. The total load they can take,
without overloading either of the machine is
(a) 600KW (b) 500KW (c) 450KW (d) 400KW
Ans : (b)
Sol:
OA  Ob
For alternator 1 of 200KW, 0.04 =
Ob
50  ob
(or)  0.03  or  ob  4.854 HZ .
ob
For alternator 2 of 400KW,
OA  OC 50  oc
0.04  
OC oc
50
 OC   48.077 HZ
1.04
Now, for alternator 1 not to be overloaded,
200
xy = 200 =  50  f  when ' f ' is operating frequency
50  ob
(or) f = ob = 48.544 HZ.

400
Then yz   50  f 
50  48.077
400  1.450
=
1.923
= 302 KW.
Then total load = xy + yz
= 200 + 302 = 502 KW  500KW

4.26) A 5000 KVA, 3 – phase, 10000V, 50 – Hz alternator runs at 1500 rpm connected to constant
frequency, constant voltage bus- bars. If the moment of inertia of entire rotating system is 1.5104
kg.m2 and the steady short-circuit current is 5 times the normal full load current, the natural time
period of oscillation, will be,
(a) 1.24 s (b) 1.36 s (c) 1.42 s (d) 1.68 s
Ans : (b)

Sol: The time of oscillation is given by,

J
t  0.0083 N s sec onds
I
KVA  SC f

 I 
I
N s  1500rpm; sc  5, J  1.5  104 kg .m 2 , f  50 HZ
I
1.5  104
t  0.0053  1500
5000  5  50
t = 1.3645.

4.27) The identical synchronous machine A and B, running at the same speed, are linked through
inductors as shown in the given figure,

~ ~
VA VAo
Machine A Machine B

Machine A will supply active and reactive power to machine ‘B’ when ‘’,
(a) Positive and VA is less than VB. (b) positive and VA is greater than VB
(c) negative and VA is less than VB (d) negative and VA is greater than VB
Ans : (c)

LEVEL - 1
01. X d , X d1 , X d11 are steady state – d axis synchronous reactance, transient d – axis reactance and sub
transient d – axis reactance of a synchronous machine respectively. Which of the following
statements is true?
a) X d  X d1  X d11 b) X d11  X d1  X d c) X d1  X d11  X d d ) X d  X d11  X d1

02. A 75MVA, 10KV synchronous generator has Xd = 0.4pu. the Xd value (in pu) to a base of
100MVA, 11KV is
a) 0.578 b) 0.279 c) 0.412 d) 0.44

03. The phase sequence of a 3- phase, alternator will reverse if

a) The field current is reversed keeping the direction of rotation same
b) The field current remains the same but the direction of rotation is reversed
c) The field current is reversed and the number of poles is doubled
d) The number of poles is doubled without reversing the field current.

04. A 4pole, 3phase, double layer winding is housed in a 36slot stator for an ac machine with 60 0 phase
spread. Coil span is 7slot pitches. Number of slots in which top and bottom layers belong to
different phases is
a) 24 b) 18 c) 12 d) 0

05. The two reaction phasor diagram of a salient pole synchronous generator is considered where
Ia = armature current per phase
X1 = armature leakage reactance per phase
Xd = direct axis synchronous reactance
Xq = quadrature axis synchronous reactance
V = Generator terminal voltage, taken as reference
The voltage in phase with the direction axis will be the phasor sum of
a) V + Iara + IaX1 b) V + Iara + IaXd c) V + Iara + IaXq d) V + Iara + Ia(Xd + Xq)

06. Synchronous machine, Damper winding are used to

a) run it as an induction motor
b) Help in starting as a motor and to reduce hunting
c) Help in starting as a motor and to reduce hunting
d) Increase efficiency
07. In a cylindrical rotor synchronous machine, the phasor addition of stator and rotor mmfs possible
because

a) Two mmfs are rotating in opposite direction

b) Two mmfs are rotating in same direction at different speeds
c) Two mmfs stationary with respect to each other
d) Two mmfs stationary and the other mmf is rotating.

08. The synchronous impedance method of finding the voltage regulation of a cylindrical rotor
alternator is generally considered as
a) A pessimistic method because saturation is not considered.
b) An optimistic method because saturation is not considered
c) A fairly accurate method even if power factor is not account while determining synchronous
impedance
d) A fairly accurate method even if power factor is taken in to account while determining
synchronous impedance.

09. For maximum current during slip test on a synchronous machine, the armature mmf aligns along
a) d-axis b) q-axis c) 450 to d-axis d) 450 to q-axis

10. The electrical stiffness of a synchronous generator connected to a very large grid can be increased
by
a) Increasing the excitation or the power angle of the machine
b) Reducing the excitation or the synchronous reactance of the machine
c) Increasing

11. In synchronous alternator which of the following coils will have emf closer to sine wave form
a) concentrated winding in full pitch coils b) concentrated winding in short pitch coils
c) Distributed winding in full pitch coils d) distributed winding in short pitch coils

12. The windings for an alternator are

i) 36slots, 4poles, span 1 to 3 ii) 72slots, 6poles, span 1 to 10
iii) 96slots, 6poles, span 1 to 12
The winding having pitch factors of more than 0.9 are
a) (i) & (ii) b) (ii) & (iii) only c) (i) & (iii) d) (i) (ii) & (iii)

13. A synchronous motor operates as a synchronous condenser when it is

a) operated at UPF b) Under excited
c) Over excited d) Connected in parallel with condensers

14. Damper winding is provided in a poly phase synchronous motor in order to

a) Damper out the noise of the machine
b) Prevent hunting
c) Provide starting torque
d) Provide a cylindrical structure to reduce wind friction.

15. The torque angle of a synchronous machine operating from a constant voltage is usually defined as
the space angle between.
a) Rotor mmf wave & stator mmf wave
b) Rotor mmf wave & resultant flux density wave
c) Stator mmf wave & resultant flux density wave
d) Stator mmf wave & resultant mmf wave

16. A synchronous motor operates at 0.8PF lagging. If the field current of the motor is continuously
increased
a) The PF decreases up to a certain value of field current it increases
b) The armature current increases up to a certain value of field current and there after if decreases
c) The PF increases up to a certain value of field current there after it decreases
d) The armature current decreases up to a certain value of field current and there after it increases.

17. During hunting of synchronous motor

a) Negative phase sequence currents are generated
b) Harmonics are developed in the armature circuit
c) Damper bar develops torque
d) Field excitation increases

18. A synchronous machine connected to infinite bus bars is initially delivering active power input to
the synchronous machine will cause
a) an increase in both armature current and PF
b) An decrease in armature current and decrease in PF
c) A decrease in both armature current and PF
d) A decrease in armature current and in increase in PF

19. In the ‘V’ curve shown in the figure for a synchronous motor, the parameter of x and y coordinates
are respectively.
a) Ia and torque b) PF and If
c) Ia and torque d) torque and field current

20. When the excitation of normally operating salient pole synchronous motor suddenly gets
disconnected, it continues to run as a
a) Scharge motor b) Spherical motor
c) Switched reluctance motor d) variable reluctance motor

21. A 3-phase synchronous motor has

a) High starting torque b) No starting torque
c) Low starting torque d) None

22. An inverted V curve of synchronous motor shows the variation of

a) Field current and dc excitation at constant excitation
b) Supply voltage and field current constant excitation
c) PF and supply voltage during hunting
d) Supply voltage and excitation at constant load

23. A synchronous motor is operating on no – load at UPF. If the field current is increased the PF will
become
a) Leading and the current will decrease b) Lagging and the current will increase
c) Lagging and the current will decrease d) Leading and the current will decrease

24. Synchronous motor is capable of being operated at

a) lagging PF only b) leading PF only c) Lagging & leading PF d) None

25. The maximum power developed in asynchronous motor occurs at a coupling angle of
a) 00 b) 450 c) 900 d) 1800

26. Large synchronous Machines are constructed with armature winding on the stator because stationary
armature winding
i) Can be insulated satisfactorily for higher voltages
ii) Can be cooled more efficiently
iii) Would lead to reduced slip – ring losses
iv) Would have no slot harmonies
v) Would have reduced armature reactance
a) i, ii, iii, iv b) i, ii, iii, v c) i, ii, iii, iv, v d) i, ii, iv, v
27. The current from the stator of an alternator is taken out to the external load circuit through
a) Slip rings b) Commutator segments
c) Solid connections d) Carbon brushes

28. For a 3- phase, 4 – pole, 50 HZ synchronous motor, the frequency, pole number and the load torque
are halved. The motor speed will be,
a) 375 rpm b) 75 rpm c) 1500 rpm d) 3000 rpm

29. Synchronous Condenser means,

a) A synchronous motor with capacitor connected a cross stator terminals to improve pf.
b) A synchronous motor operating at full load with leading pf.
c) An over-excited synchronous motor partially supplying mechanical load, and also improving pf
of the system to which it is connected.
d) An over-excited synchronous motor operating at no-load with leading pf used in large power
stations for improvement of pf.

30. The type of rotor adopted for high speed alternators is,
a) Salient pole type b) Non-salient pole type
c) Non- cylindrical pole type d) Both (a) & (c)

31. A synchronous machine has its field winding on the stator and polyphase armature windings on the
rotor when running under steady – conditions its air gap field is,
i) Stationary w.r.t. stator
ii) Rotating at synchronous speed (Ns) w.r.t stator
iii) Rotating at Ns in the direction of rotor rotation
iv) Rotating at double the Ns w.r.t rotor
v) Rotating at Ns w.r.t rotor
vi) Rotating in direction opposite to direction of rotor rotation.
a) ii, v b) i, iv, vi c) ii, iv, vi d) i, iii, v

32. In cylindrical rotor synchronous machine, the phasor addition of stator and rotor mmfs is possible
because
a) Two mmfs are rotating in opposite direction
b) Two mmfs are rotating in same direction at different speed
c) Two mmfs are stationary w.r.t each other
d) One mmfs is stationary and other mmf is rotating

33. The power factor of a synchronous motor

a) Improves with increase in excitation and may even become leading at high excitations
b) Decreases with increase in excitation
c) is independent of its excitation
d) increases with loading for a given excitation

34. Hunting can be minimised by providing

a) Damper windings on stator b) Damper windings on motor
c) Resistance in parallel with armature d) Inductor in parallel with armature

35. A salient pole synchronous motor is running with normal excitation. If the excitation is reduced to
zero,
a) It becomes an induction motor b) It becomes a reluctance motor
c) It remain a synchronous motor d) The motor could stop

36. Higher synchronous reactance is preferred in the present day alternators, became one come have,
a) Reduced sub-transient currents b) Reduced harmonic currents
c) Reduced transient currents d) Higher voltage regulation with load

37. Which of the following methods given more accurate result for determination of voltage regulation
an alternator.
a) m.m.f method b) Synchronous impedance method
c) Potier triangle method d) American Institution Standard method

38. Which one of the following statements is correct? In a salient pole synchronous machine the air gap
is,
a) Uniform under the whole pole shoe.
b) Least under the pole shoe and increases outwards.
c) Largest under the middle of the pole shoe and decrease outwards.
d) Least at one of the pole shoe and increases to the maximum value at the other end.

39. The field winding of a 3-phae synchronous motor is short circuited directly. If a 3-phase balanced
voltage is impressed across the stator terminals, then the rotor will
a) Rotate at synchronous speed
b) Rotate at a speed slightly less than synchronous speed
c) Rotate at a speed very near to half the synchronous speed
d) Not rotate at all
40. An unloaded normal field – excited synchronous motor with its negligible losses is synchronized to
an infinite bus having voltage, Vf. Its field excitation is increased till the rated armature current ‘Ia’
is reached. The magnitude of the induced Emf ‘Ef ’ is measured at this excitation. The value of the
leakage reactance is determined by,
Ef Vt E f  Vt E f  Vt
a) b) c) d)
Ia Ia Ia Ia

LEVEL - 2

01. A 1-phase, 2000V alternator has armature resistance and reactance of 0.8 ohm and 4.94 ohm
respectively. The voltage regulation of the alternator at 100A load at 0.8 leading power factor is?
(a) 7% (b) – 8.9% (c) 14% (d) 0%

02. A star connected 440V, 50Hz alternator has per phase synchronous reactance of 10ohm. It supplies
a balanced capacitive load current of 20A, shown in the per phase equivalent ckt of fig. It is
desirable to have voltage regulation. The load PF should be?

(a) 0.82 (b) 0.47 (c) 0.39 (d) 0.92

03. A 50Hz alternator is rated 500MVA, 20KV. The load connected directly across the generator
terminal when a symmetrical fault occurs at the load terminals. The initial rms currents in the
generator in pu is
(a) 7.22 (b) 6.4 (c) 3.72 (d) 2.2

04. A 3 – phase alternator is with a 60-degree phase spread armature windings and develops 300KVA.
If the armature is reconnected utilizing all the coils for phase operation with a phase spread of 1800,
the new rating of the machine is?
(a) 100KVA (b) 200KVA (c) 250KVA (d) 300KVA

05. A5MVA, 11KV, 3- phase star connected alternator is synchronized to the bus bars and is operating
with an induced emf of 125% of the rated voltage. If the load current is 500A, what is the power
factor of operation? The machine has a synchronous reactance of 5ohm and negligible resistance per
phase.
(a) 0.855 lead (b) 0.854lag (c) 0.855lead (d) 0.854lag

06. The flux per pole in a synchronous motor with the field circuit ON and the stator disconnected from
the supply is formed to be 25mwb. When the stator is connected to the rated supply with the field
excitation unchanged, the flux per pole in the machine is found to be 20mwb while the motor is
running on no load. Assuming no load losses to be zero, the no load current drawn from the supply
(a) lags the supply voltage (b) leads the supply voltage
(c) Is in phase with the supply voltage (d) Is zero

07. Two, 3-phase star connected alternators are to be paralleled to set common bus bars. The armature
has a per phase synchronous reactance of 1.7 ohm and negligible armature assistance the line
voltage of the first machine is adjusted to 3300V and that of the second machine is adjusted to
3200V. The machine voltages are in phase at the instant they are paralleled. Under this condition
the synchronizing current per phase will be
(a) 16.98A (b) 29.41A (c) 33.96A (d) 58.82A

08. A 400V, 50KVA, 0.8PF leading delta connected, 50Hz synchronous machine has a synchronous
reactance of 2 ohm and negligible armature resistance. The friction and winding losses are 2Kw,
and the core loss is 0.8KW. The shaft is supplying 9KW load at a PF of 0.8 leading. The line
current drawn is
(a) 12.29A (b) 15.79A (c) 23.25KA (d) 27.36KA

09. An infinite bus of 1pu is fed from a synchronous machine having E = 1.1pu. If the transfer reactance
between them is 0.5pu, the steady state power limit will be?
(a) 1.1pu (b) 0.5pu (c) 2.2pu (d) 1pu

10. A 10KVA, 440V, 50Hz, 3-phase alternators has the following OCC:
Field current ((A) Terminal Voltage (V)
1.0 100
3.0 300
5.0 440
8.0 550
11.0 600
15.0 635

With full load zero PF load applied. An excitation 14A produced a terminal voltage of 500V. On
short ckt, 4A excitation was required to circulate the full load current. Using mmf method,
determine the full load percentage regulation for PF lagging and 0.6PF loading?
(a) 27.27%, -15% (b) 28.27%, -16% (c) 27.27%, -16% (d) 27.37%, -15%

11. Two alternator each having 4% speed regulation working in parallel. Alternator 1 is rated for
12MW and alternator 2 is rated for 8MW. When total load is 10MW the loads shared by alternators
1 and 2 would be respectively.
(a) 4MW & 6MW (b) 6MW & 4MW (c) 5MW & 5MW (d) 10MW & 0MW

12. A 200KVA, 11KV, 3-phase star connected alternator has a resistance of 0.3 ohm and reactance of
5ohm phase. It delivers full load current at a PF of 0.8 lagging and normal rated voltage. Compute
the terminal voltage for the same excitation and load current at 0.8 PF lagging?
(a) 12.68KV (b) 12.88KV (c) 12.08KV (d) 12.78KV

13. If a 500MVA, 11KV, 3-phase generator at 50Hz feeds, through a transfer impedance of (0.0 + j
0.605) ohm/phase, an infinite bus also at 11KV. Then the maximum steady state power transfer on
the base of 500MVA and 11KV
(a) 1.0pu (b) 0.8pu (c) 90.4pu (d) 0.4pu

14. A 6-pole, 3-phase alternator running at 1000rpm supplies to an 8pole, 3-phase IM which has a rotor
current frequency 2Hz. The speed at which the motor operates is?
(a) 1000 rpm (b) 960 rpm (c) 720 rpm (d) 720 rpm

15. Two 200MVA alternators operate in parallel. The frequency drops in the first machine from 50Hz
at no load to 48Hz at full load. Where as in case of the other machine, the frequency drops from
50Hz to 47Hz under the same conditions
i) How the two machines will share a total load of 300MW
ii) Determine the maximum load at UPF which can be delivered by the two machines without over
loading any of them
(a) (i) 130MW, 280MW (ii) 323.33MW (b) (i) 125MW, 118MW (ii) 233.33MW
(c) (i) 120MW, 180MW (ii) 333.33MW (d) (i) 135MW, 180MW (ii) 533.33MW

16. A 50KW synchronous motor is tested by driving it by another motor when the excitation is not
switched on, the driving motor takes 800W. When the armature is short circuited and the rated
armature current of 10A is passed through it. The driving motor requires 2500W on open circuiting
the armature with rated excitation the driving motor takes 1800W. Calculate the efficiency of the
synchronous motor at 50% load. Neglect the losses in the driving motor?
(a) 85.71% (b) 86.71% (c) 87.71% (d) 82.71%
17. A 415V, 2-pole, 3-phase, 50Hz, star connected, no – salient pole synchronous motor has
synchronous reactance of 2 ohm/phase and negligible stator resistance. At a particular field
excitation, it draws 20A at UPF From a 415V, 3-phase, 50Hz supply. The mechanical load on the
motor is now increased till the stator current is equal to 50A. The field excitation remains
unchanged. Determine
i) The per phase open circuit voltage E0
(a) 32369.61W, 0.9831 (b) 33369.61W, 0.9821
(c) 35369.61W, 0.9841 (d) 34369.61W, 0.9811

18. A synchronous motor is running from an infinite bus of voltage Vt in steady state, at about 50% of
its rated with a power angle 1 between Vt and Ef (include voltage). The load is suddenly decreased
to 25% Ef attains its new steady state power angle 2 with Vt by initially.
(a) Falling behind and making complete rotation
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 171 Synchronous Machines
Institute

(b) Advancing and making a complete rotation

19. A synchronous motor operating voltage draws 1.0pu current at 1.0PF the machine parameters are:
Xs = 1.0pu, ra negligible. Apart from supplying this rated power if the motor has to supply an
additional leading reactive power of 0.8 pu than the field current has to be increased by
(a) 42% (b) 46% (c) 52% (d) 60%

20. For a given power synchronous motor operating from a constant voltage and constant frequency
supply will draw the minimum and maximum armature current Imin and Imax respectively.
Corresponding to
(a) Imin at UPF, but Imax at ZPF (b) Imax and Imin at ZPF
(c) Both Imin and Imax at UPF (d) Both Imin and Imax at ZPF

ANSWER FOR
SYNCHRONOUS MACHINES (CRPQ)

LEVEL - 1
01. b 02. d 03. b 04. c 05. c 06. c 07. c 08. a 09. b 10. a
11. d 12. a 13. c 14. b 15. a 16. c 17. c 18. a 19. a 20. d
21. b 22. a 23. d 24. c 25. c 26. b 27. a 28. c 29. d 30. b
31. b 32. c 33. a 34. a 35. b 36. c 37. c 38. c 39. a 40. d

LEVEL - 2
01. b 02. a 03. c 04. b 05. c 06. b 07. a 08. b 09. c 10. c
11. b 12. c 13. d 14. d 15. c 16. c 17. c 18. d 19. b 20. a

Pole pitch
B
  2
c
S N a b c d a
b d  along rotor
a
pheriphery
e

a b c d a
Wt (Time angle)

 Let field with excited with dc current and rotor made to rotate in clockwise direction such that
flux () and flux density ((B) is alternating
 e  Blv  e also alternating (if l v are constant)

For 4pole Machine:

B
 in elec. radians
 2 3 4
O
 2  in mechanical radians

N

c d e
S b f S
a g
 h 
e
N
 2 3 4 ‘wt’ in electrical radians
O  2
‘wt’ in mechanical radians

4
720 elec. Degrees = (360 mech degrees)
2
P
 For a P pole Machine cycles of emf will be generated in one revolution.
2

P
ele  mech
2

d (ele ) P d (mech ) P
  w wm
dt 2 dt 2

w = Angular speed in elec. rad/sec ; wm angular speed in Mech rad/sec

P
 In ‘P’ pole machine in one revolution. cycles are generated
2

P
i.e In one rev/sec cycles/sec are generated
2

np
In n rev/sec cycles/sec are generated
2

np
f  cycles/sec or Hz
2

PN
f  N is rpm
120
Pole pitch:
 The pheripheral distance between two adjacent poles is called as pole pitch.
 It is always expressed in electrical radians
 It is always equal to 180 electrical or  electrical radians.

Full pitch coil:

 It is a coil whose coil sides span is one pole pitch i.e., Two coil sides are 180 elec space
degrees apart.

Short Pitch coil:

 If the coil pitch or coil span is less than 180 elec. Then the coil is termed as short pitched or
chorded coil.

D.C Machine armature windings:

 For D.C. Machine armature winding is always double layer winding.
 Two types of windings are used.

1. Lap winding: No. of parallel paths ‘A’ = No of poles. Lap winding used for low
voltage & high current applications.
2. Wave winding: No. of parallel paths ‘A’ = 2. Wave winding is used for high voltage
and low current applications.
 It is observed that for same value of peak flux density. Average value of brush voltage is more
for flat – topped flux density wave than sinusoidal. Hence, D.C. machines are designed for
flat – topped flux density wave.

D.C. Machine Construction:

 In D.C. Machine field winding is on stator & armature winding is on rotor.

Yoke or Frame

Concentrated field
winding
/2

/2
Pole shoe

Laminated armature Pole

core

Stator:
 Consists of Yoke  Made up of laminated ferromagnetic material (Cast Iron or fabricated
steel)

Purpose:
(a) To give mechanical support to the pole
(b) To serve as return path for the flux.

Salient field poles:

 Made of stack of steel plates (1 to 1.5mm thick) Reduced X –section area of pole core reduces

requirement of copper for field winding.

Pole shoe:
(a) It is in circular form creates uniform flux distribution (It reduces air gap reactance also)
(b) It provides mechanical strength & support to field winding. Both armature core & yoke
carry half the flux per pole.

Rotor:
 Armature consists of stack of circular silicon steel laminations (0 – 0.6mm thick). These
laminations are insulated from one another to reduce eddy current losses.
 D.C machine will have commutator. It acts as a Rectifier to convert. Alternating emf to direct
emf at brush terminals.
 Commutator will have group of copper segments insulated from each other by mica sheet.
 Material of the brush is either graphite or carbon. Normally carbon is used [It is having low
contact nesistance].
 Actual brush material is Electro graphite which is having – ve temp coefficient of resistance.
 Voltage drop per brush is taken as ‘1V’. And total voltage drop is ‘2V’. (It is assumed to be
same at all loads.
 As current increases, temperature increases and brush contact resistance decreases.
 The contact pressure between brush & commutator segment is maintained with the help of
spring tension.

5.2. EMF EQUATION:

Let ‘p’ – No. of poles
 - Flux per pole in Webbers
Z - Total no. of armature conductors
Flux cutting in one rev
Avg emf induced per conductor =
Time taken for one rev
P PN  60 
=  [ Time taken for one revolutions is   ]
 60  60 N
 
N
(P) is total flux or called as magnetic loading
Let ‘Z’ be the total no of conductors arranged in ‘A’ parallel paths.
PN Z ZNP
Induced voltage / path = . 
60 A 60 A
ZNP
Induced emf at brushes  Ea 
60 A

EXAMPLES
5.1) A dc generator has 24 armature conductors. Average EMF induced in one conductor is 2V and
each conductor is designed to handle a current of 5A. The rating of the generator if no of parallel
paths in this machine is ‘2’
(a) 200W (b) 220W (c) 240W (d) 260W
Ans: (c)
Sol: For 2- parallel paths there are 12 ( = Z/a = 24/2) series connected conductors in each path.
Output voltage, Ea = (no of series connected conductors between two brushes)  (avg emf per
conductor)
= 12  2 = 24V
O/p current, Ia = (Current per path)  (no of parallel path)
= 5  2 = 10A
Power rating = taIa = 24  10 = 240W

5.2) The fundamental, third harmonic and fifth harmonic belt factors for a stator having 54 slots, 3-
phase, 6 poles is
(a) 0.95, 0.66, 0.19 (b) 0.66, 0.95, 0.19 (c) 0.19, 0.66, 0.95 (d) 0.19, 0.95, 0.66
Ans: (a)
54
Sol: Slots per pole per phase of = 3
3 6
P  180 6  180
Slot angular pitch,     20o
8 54
 n  3  20 
sin  
 2 
 K dn 
 n  120 
3sin  
 2 
sin 30o
 kd1   0.95
3sin10o
sin 90o
kd 3   0.66
3sin 30o
sin150o
kd 5   0.21
3sin 50o

5.3) A dc armature is build up of lamination having an external diameter of 80cm and internal diameter
of [Link] of the arm is 32cm. The flux density in the armature core is 0.85T. the arm is
wave-connected with 72 slots, with 3-conductors/slot. If the no of poles is 6, the emf induced
when the armature is rotated at a speed of 600rpm is
(a) 1,000V (b) 1235V (c) 1674V (d) 1787V
Ans. (d)
 80  42  4
Sol: X-sectional area of armature core = 32     10
 2 
= 0.0608m2
Flux through armature core = 0.85  0.0608 = 0.0517
Flux/pole = 2  0.0517 = 0.1034wb
For wave winding, A = 2, & Z = 72  8 = 576
ZN  P 
 Ea   
60  A 
0.1034  600  576  6 
=  
60 2
= 1787V

5.4) A 6-pole wave connected dc armature has 250 conductors and runs at 1200rpm. The emf
generated is 600V. The useful flux / pole is
(a) 0.02wb (b) 0.04wb (c) 0.06wb (d) 0.08wb
Ans: (b)
Sol: A = 2,
NZ  P 
Ea   
60  A 
 1200  250  6 
 600   
60 2
  0.04wb

5.5) A 8 pole, DC generator has a simplex wave – wound armature containing 32 coils of 6 turns each. If flux
per pole is 0.06 wb. The machine is running at 250 rpm. The induced armature voltage is,
(a) 96V (b) 192V (c) 384V (d) 768V
Ans: (c)

Sol: Induced armature voltage,

n z  P 
Eg   
60  A 
Z – total no. of armature conductors,
= 2 CNC = 2  (32)  6 = 384
For wave winding, A = 2,
0.06  250  384 8
 Eg 
60

2  
= 384V.

5.3 TYPE OF D.C MACHINES:

Separately excited Excitation current is obtained from
separate source (Either it may be a
battery or generator)

D.C. Generator

Series
cumulative

Self excited Shunt Long shunt

Differential
Compound
Cumulative
Short shunt
Differential

Separately excited D.C Generator:

If Ia

Ea V
V Rf Ia Ra RL

Ea  V  I a Ra  Brush contact drop

V
If  Ea  I a ( Ra  RL )  B.D
R  Rf

Self Excitation:

If the poles have some residual magnetism the rotation of the armature in this case causes small
induced emf, this when applied to field causes a current produces a flux which may assist or
oppose the residual magnetic flux.
Conditions for Self Excitation:
1. Presence of residual magnetic flux.
2. Proper field connections i.e., flux produced due to field current should aid the residual flux.
3. Field circuit resistance must be less than critical field resistance.
4. Generator must be driven at a speed greater than the critical speed.
5. Commutator must be clean. There should not be open connection or high resistance in the
armature circuit. (They reduce If and prevents voltage buildup)
6. The resistance in the load circuit must be greater than the critical load resistance.
Series Generator:
Rse Ia = IL = Ise

RL
Ra V
Ea Ia

I a  I L  I se

Ea  V  I a ( Ra  Rse )  B.D.

V  Eb  I a ( Ra  Rse )  B.D.    for motor

Shunt Generator:
V V
If   IL  If IL
Rsh RL
Ia  IL  I f Ia
Rsh
Ea  V  I a Ra  B.D Ra Ea V RL

V  Eb  I a Ra  B.D    for motor

Compound Generators:
Long Shunt:

If IL
Ia
Rsh Rse RL
V

Ra Ea

V
If  Ia  IL  I f
Rsh

Ea  V  I a  Rse  Ra   B.D

V  Eb  I a  Rse  Ra   B.D  for motor

Short Shunt:
IL = Ise

Rse

If RL
Ia V

Rsh

V  I L Rse
If  Ia = IL + If
Rsh
Ea = V + IaRa + ILRse + B.D

V = Eb + IaRa + ILRse + B.D --- for motor

EXAMPLES

5.6) A 4-pole lap connected dc machine has an armature resistance of 0.15. The armature resistance
of machine when rewound for wave connection is
(a) 0.1 (b) 0.3 (c) 0.6 (d) 0.8
Ans. (c)
Sol. When machine is lap wound,
Parallel paths = 4 = A
Armature resistance = 0.15
Resistance of each path = 0.15  4 = 0.6
When machine is wave wound, parallel paths = 2 = A1
A
Resistance of each path = resistance of each path when lap connected 
A1
4
= 0.6   1.2
2
resistance of each path
Armature resistance Ra 
A1
1.2
=  0.6
2

5.7) A dc generator has an armature emf of 100V when the useful flux per pole is 20mwb, and the
speed is 800rpm. The generated emf with same flux and a speed of 1000rpm is
(a) 100V (b) 125V (c) 145V (d) 150V
Ans: (b)
Sol: Emf generated E1  100V
Flux per pole 1  20mwb , speed N1= 800rpm
And E  N
E2 2 N 2
  
E1 1 N1
N 2 2
 E2    E1
N1 1
1000
= 1 100  125V
800
5.8) The voltage induced in the armature winding of a 4-pole wave wound, dc machine having 728
conductors and running at 1800rpm is the flux per pole is 35mwb
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 183 D.C Machines
Institute

(a) 1511V (b) 1522V (c) 1528V (d) 1578V

Ans: (c)
ZN P
Sol. Voltage induced, E  
60 A
0.035  728 1800 4
= 
60 2
[ No of parallel paths = 2 for wave winding]
= 1528.8V
Ans. (b)

5.9) A 4-pole dc shunt generator with lap connected armature supplies a load of 100A at 200V the
armature resistance is 0.1 and the shunt field winding is 80. The emf generated will be
(a) 200V (b) 210V (c) 220V (d) 230V
Ans: (b)
Sol: E g  V  I a Ra

I a  I L  I sh {this is shunt wound motor}

terminal vol. 200
E g  200  (100  2.5)0.1 { I sh    2.5 }
shunt field res. 80
= 210.25V

5.10) A short-shunt compound generator delivers 200V, 70A to load. The resistances of armature, series
field and shunt field are 0.04, 0.3, 100 respectively. The voltage generated allowing a brush
drop of 3 volts.
(a) 202V (b) 206V (c) 208V (d) 210V
Ans. (c)
Sol: Voltage drop in series coil = 70  0.3 = 2.1 volts
Voltage across the shunt coil = 200 + 2.1 = 202.1V
202.1
I sh   2.021A
100
I a  I L  I sh  70  2.021  72.021A
Ra I a  72  0.04  2.88V
 E g  V  Ra I a  brush drop + series coil drop
= 200 + 2.88 + 3 + 2.1 = 207.98V

5.11) A dc shunt generator is supplying a load of 1.8kw at 200V. Its armature and field resistance are
0.4 and 200 respectively. What is the generated emf?
(a) 190V (b) 196V (c) 204V (d) 210V
Ans: (c)
1.8  103
Sol. Ic   9amp
200
200 IL Ia
I sh   1amp
200 Ish
 I a  I L  I sh  10amp
200V Eg
Then generated emf Ea  Vt  I a 2 a
= 200 + 10  0.4
= 204volts.

5.4. ARMATURE REACTION:

 The space distribution of MMF produced by the arm winding is triangular. Its peak value is
90 away from the main field axis.
 The effect of armature MMF on the main field flux in the air gap is called as armature
reaction.

MNA


a result
Effects:

1. Net reduction in the main field flux. (i.e.) demagnetizing effect.

2. Main field flux was gets distorted in the air gap. It is called as cross magnetizing effect.
Demagnetising AT per pole:
Since armature demagnetizing amp-turns are neutralized by adding extra Amp-turns to the main
field winding, it is required to calculate demagnetizing AT per pole.
Let ‘Z’ be the total No of armature conductors.
I a = Armature current.

‘A’ is no of parallel paths.

Ia
I = Current through each armature conductor (ie. Current per parallel path) I 
A
Z
The Armature conductors per pole =
p

The conductors causing demagnetization per pole are included in an angle of 2.
 The conductors causing demagnetization per pole
2 Z
= .
180 p
 Demagnetising Ampere conductors / pole.
2 Z I a
 . .
180 p A

AT  I a   z  
 Demagnetising   
pole  A   p  180

Cross magnetizing AT/Pole:

 Z   Ia 
Total Armature AT / Pole =   
 2 p  A 

 Cross magnetizing AT/ Pole = [Total AT/pole – Demag. AT/Pole]

 I  Z  1  I  Z  
=  a      a   .
 A   p  2  A   p  180

 I  Z  1  
Magnetising AT/Pole =  a     
 A   p   2 180 

5.12) A simplex lap wound dc machine has 800 conductors on its armature, a rated arm current of 1000A,
and 10 poles. Find no of pole face conductors per pole to give full arm. Reaction compensation if
the pole face covers 70 percent of pitch.

Z I 
Z p I a     0.7   a 
 p a

Where ‘Zp’ is no. of pole face conductors per phase.

5.13) A lap wound, 4-pole dc generator with 480 conductors in the armature supplies 72A. The rushes
are given an actual lead of 12 (mechanical), the cross-magnetizing ampere turns pole are
(a) 700 (b) 746 (c) 792 (d) 755
Ans: (c)
AT  1  
Sol: Cross magnetizing  Z .1c  
 2 P 360 
o
Pole
Z = no of arm. Conductors
I C = current/conductor
P = no of poles
72  1 12 
= 480   = 792
4  2  4 360 


5.14) De-magnetizing and cross-magnetizing are the unwanted effects of

(a) Main field flux (b) Armature reaction
(c) Compensating winding (d) Commutation
Ans: (b)

5.5 OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS OF D.C. GENERATORS:

 Basic quantities are Vt , Ia, If, Ea & speed.
 Speed of generator is fixed by prime mover. It is constant.
1) No load characteristic Ea Vs I f with speed N constant. This curve also called as
saturation curve, open circuit characteristic, magnetization curve or No – load
magnetization curve.
2) Load saturation curve [Vt Vs If] where Ia, N constant
3) Internal characteristic or total characteristic [E (Ea after arm reaction) Vs Ia]
4) External characteristic [Vt Vs IL] where If N constant

Characteristics of separately excited generators:

1) No load saturation characteristic: [Ia = 0  No load is placed]

A A 

load
D.C. Source Arm V S

C
Ea
D

O B If

 OA – is due to presence of residual flux.

 If is increased till Ea is about 1.1 to 1.25 times rated voltage.
 If If is decrease from OB the plot will lie above AC due to hysterisis
 D is called as knee point.

2) Load Saturation Curve

Vt Vs I f  I a constant at rated value & N at rated speed.

 Run armature at rated speed and close the switch S.

 Adjust I f till I a is equal to rated armature current.

 Vary the load and I f such that I a remains constant.

 With the help of O.C.C. & Load saturation curve “demagnetizing effect” of armature reaction
can be found out.

Rated No load voltage

O.C.C. b d
(Ea vs If) Voltage ‘E’ generated
Ea or Vt under load condition
e IaRa
(Vt vs If)

Full load saturation curve

O a c
If

ac = bd is equivalent demagnetizing ampere turns/pole under load condition.

 i.e. to generate same no load voltage Ea under load condition field ampere – turns/pole must be
increased by ‘ac’
 Right angle  bde is called as “drop reaction triangle”
Load Characteristics of a shunt Generator:

 To have voltage build up always the load resistance is greater than critical load resistance.

 RL  IL   Armature current is diverted to load rather than the field.

 In shunt generator the load is not placed until its voltage is brought upto rated voltage.

 As load is concerned, the shunt generator should be operated in saturation portion of O.C.C. (since
large damage in If causes less change in Eg or Va]

Eg at no load
Internal characteristic (E Vs IL)
External characteristic (V Vs IL)
Vt
A.R. drop
IaR a
Drop owing to
decrease in If
Rated load
Break down point
current

Load current (Il)

 If a shunt generator is operated with separate excitation, It will have improved regulation.

Load Characteristics of Series Generator:

 On open circuit series generator cannot build up the voltage.

Vt Used as voltage Critical point

booster
Emax
Used as constant
current generator

ILN

 Action of series generator is complex then shunt generator.

Vt  E g   I s Rs  I a Ra 

 In addition to this there is decrease of voltage due to A.R.

 At critical point voltage drops  I s  Rs  I a Ra  A.R. = Increase MMF produced in series field.
Hence Vl is constant.

 If we increase the load further, sharp drop in load voltage occurs.

 This sharply drooping characteristic used in welding generator application. Which produces
same heating effect (I2R) over wide range of voltage drops produces by electric arc.
 Characteristic (raising portion) used as voltage boosters in.
1) Ground dc trolley
2) In railway systems – to reduce electrolytic action between ground return rail and conductor
other under ground structures.
3) Used in Europe for series boosting of HVDC transmission to compensate tr-line drop
4) Used in multi field exister known as the rototrol.

O.C.C. at different speeds:

N1 (1500rmp)
C
 N2 (1400rmp)
Volts 
D

H If

E2 N 2
 [ I f is constant]
E1 N1

Critical Speed: (N(C)

 As the speed of the generator is reduced the O.C.C gets shifted downwards. At a particular
speed, the field resistance line may be tangential to the linear portion of O.C.C. The original
resistance becomes critical resistance. This speed is called as critical speed.
Def: It is the speed of the generator at which the given shunt field resistance represents critical
resistance.

Critical resistance: (Shunt Generator):

 Due to residual magnetism, some emf, hence current would be generated. This current while
passing through the field coils will strengthen the magnetism of poles, which causes further
increase of generated EMF, till equilibrium reached at point P. OA indicates resistance line of
field winding.

C A B
T
M

L P

E
R

Min resistance value

O F If

 Slope of the line OA indicates field winding resistance at every point.

 OL indicates the max voltage to which machine will build up with R as field resistance.
 If the field resistance is increased, the slope of resistance line increases, hence Max voltage to
which machine will build up decreases at a given speed and vice versa.
 If the resistance line is tangential to the O.C.C, then the machine will just excite with that
value of resistance.
 If the ‘R’ is increases so much, if the resistance line does not cut the O.C.C., then the machine
will fail to excite. (there will not be build of voltage)
 The value of the resistance represented by tangent to O.C.C. is called as “critical resistance”
for a given speed.

5.15) A 220V DC machine supplies 20A at 200V as a generator. The armature resistance is 0.2. If the
machine is new operated as a motor at same terminal voltage and current but with the flux
increased by 10%, then ratio of motor speed to generator speed is,
(a) 0.87 (b) 0.95 (c) 0.96 (d) 1.06
Ans: (a)
Sol: For generator, E = V + IaRa
= 200 – 20  0.2 = 196V
E1 N1 1
=  
E2 N 2  2
204 N1 1
  
196 N 2 1.1

N2 196
&   0.87
N1 204  1.1

5.6. D.C. MOTORS

 Constructionally there is no difference between a generator and motor. For motoring action
electrical power is supplied to the armature. The direction of current through the armature is
controlled by proper choice of the polarity of applied voltage.

Force
Weakening side
Strengthening
+ A side

Strengthening – A Force
side Weakening side

AA represents armature winding, let the current made to flow such that enters at A and leaves at
A.
 The moment the armature begins to rotate the following conditions prevealed.
1) Magnetic field
2) Conductor and
3) Relative motion between the two

 Hence voltage will be induced in the conductor.

 By Flemings right hand rule, the polarity of the voltage is such that it tends to cause a current
to leave the conductor A and enter at A. Thus the emf induced opposes the applied voltage.
 Hence it is called as Back emf or conductor EMF.
ZNP
Eb 
60 A
IL If
Ia
+
Eb Ra
V Rsh
–

V  Eb  I a ra performance equation of D.C. Motor

V  Eb  I a ra

 Input to arm – armature cu. Loss = Mechanical power developed (o/p of arm)

Output of armature is in mechanical form

 [Link] indicates electrical equivalent of mechanical power developed (Mech o/p)

 The shaft output will be lesser than Mech. Power developed.

2NT
Pm  Eb I a  ‘N’ is in rpm
60
ZNP 2NT
.I a  T (N – m)
60 A 60
1 P
T .ZI a   N- m
2  A
1 I Z
T  P   a  N-m
2  a 
( P)( I a .Z )
T  0.0162. Kg-m
A

P = Total flux = total magnetic loading

IaZ = Total Ampere conductor loading

EXAMPLES
5.16) A 240V dc shunt motor draw 15A while supplying the rated load at a speed of 80 rad/sec. The
armature existence is 0.5 and the field winding is 80, The external resistances to be added to
limit the armature current to 125% of its rated value is
(a) 31.1 (b) 31.9 (c) 51.1 (d) 15.9
Ans: (a)
Sol: Ia2 = 1.25  Ia1
= 1.25  12 = 15A
Let existence ‘r’ is added in series with Ra.
– E = V – Ia2 (Ratr)
E  V 474
Ratr =   3.16
Ia2 15

[Link] aem. Existence

=V+E
= 240 + 234 = 474.
 r = 31.6 – 0.5 = 31.1

5.17) A 240V, dc shunt motor draws 15A while supplying the rated load at a speed of 50 rad/s, The
armature existence is 0.5 and the field winding instance is 80, the net voltage aware the
armature existence at the time of plugging will be
(a) 6V (b) 234V (c) 240V (d) 474V
Ans : (d)
Sol:
240 3A 15A
Field current, I f   3A
80 12A
Ia = 15 – 3 = 12A 0.5
240V
From Emf equations, 8

E = 240 – 12  0.5 = 234V E

But for plugging polarity back Emf is reversed

Now Emf Eg is,
–E = V – Ia Ra
Voltage a cross armature resistance,
Vr = Ia Ra
=V+E
= 240 + 234 = 474 Volts.
Current Torque Characteristics

0.159 PZ
T .I a Nm
A

T I a

(a) For shunt Motor:

Eb  V  I a Ra if Brush drop is neglected I If

Ia
Ia  I  I f
V M Rf
V Ra
= I
Rf  R
R

I f is constant [ V & R + Rf is constant] T

T
Hence  is constant
Tsh
 T = KtIa

= K t1 I a [  is constant]
Ia

(b) For Series Motor:

I = Ia = Ise Eb  V  I se Rse  I a Ra

Eb = V  I a ( Rse  Ra ) if Brush drop is neglected.

Ise Rse

V
Ra

Case 1: For lower values of Ia (Magnetic circuit is unsaturate(d)

  Ia [ varies linearly with Ia]

 = K2 Ia

T  K f .K 2 I a2  KI a2

Case 2: For higher values of Ia (magnetic circuit is saturate(d)

  Assumed as constant

T = [Link]

b
T Linear
a

Parabolic

o
Ia

(c) For compound Motors:-

 The characteristic approaches those of a shunt motor if the shunt field predominates, those on
series motor if series field predominates.

Speed – Current Characteristic:-

Eb  V  I a Ra

ZNP
 V  I a ra
60 A

K .N  V  I a ra

1  V I a ra 
N 
K    

 V  I a Ra 
N  K ' 
  
(a) For Shunt Motor:
 is more or less constant from no load to full load
 N  K (V  I a Ra )

 The variation in the speed from no load to full load is of the order of 3 to 4%. Hence a shunt
motor is called as constant speed motor.

NL
Ia
FL 

o Ia

N0  N f
PU speed regulation =
Nf

(b) Series Motor:

Case 1: At lower values of Ia

 = KIa a
N Rectangular hyperbola
 V I R 
N  K1   a a
 KI a KI a 
Linear
V  b

= K ''   Ra   c
 Ia  Ia
V
N  K '' [Curve ab]
Ia

Case 2: At higher values of I a

 = constant [ Core gets saturated]

N  K : V  I a Ra  [Curve bc]

Note: A series motor should never be run at no – load or at low loads, since the speed becomes
dangerously high. This tendency of the series motor to run at dangerously high speed is
known as racing of series motor.
Speed – Torque Characteristics (N-T Characteristics)

 The mechanical characteristics can be deduced from electrical characteristics (or) a load test
may be conducted and obtained directly.

N
Shunt

Series

5.7. SPEED CONTROL OF D.C. MOTORS:-

ZNP
Eb   K N
60 A
Eb Va  I a Ra
N  [Va  voltage applied across the armature]
K K

 The speed of the D.C. motor can be controlled by

i) By varying voltage across the armature. (Armature voltage control)

ii) By varying the field current [Field flux control]

iii) By varying Ra of armature circuit [Rheostatic control]

Armature (Voltage) Control Method:

(Rheostatic Control Metho(d)
Va  V  I a R R
Eb  Va  I a Ra
V
Eb  V  I a ( Ra  R ) Va M
R  Va Eb  N
 N  Eb [  is constant]

 The field winding is connected directly across the supply terminal. So that the  & If are unaltered.

 The supply voltage is fixed and Ia is determined by load.

 This method is used for constant load torque and variable power drives.
 The voltage applied across armature Va can be varied by including required value of external
resistance R connected in series with armature. This resistance is called as controller.

Characteristics of Controller:
1. Moderate values of resistance (5 & 10)

2. Capable of carrying a current at least equal to the starting current.

Limitations of this Method:-

1. Speed control below the rated speeds only possible.
2. Continuous wastage of power resulting in reduction of overall efficiency
3. I a2 Rt degrades into the form of heat. The heat produced may be so high as to require an
anxiliary appliance for heat dissipation.

Advantages:
1) It is a simple method.
Flux Control Method:
(a) Shunt Motor:-

Rated voltage is impressed across the

armature. The If and  can be varied Rsh
V
by including the appropriate value of
M
R connected in series with shunt field
winding.

Field Rheostat

Regulator Characteristics:
a) Resistance of same order as of field winding resistance.
b) Low current carrying capability. [  It is relatively small  I2R losses are low  Site of
rheostat is small hence this method is efficient]
Advantages:
1) Simple

2) Minimal wastage of energy and hence no heat dissipation

Limitations:
 Speeds above the rated speed only possible.

EXAMPLES
5.18) A separately excited d.c motor has an armature resistance of 0.5. It rum off a 250V d.c supply
drawing an armature current of 20A at 1500rpm. For the same field current, the torque developed
for an armature current of 10A will be,
(a) 12.9 Nm (b) 14.3 Nm (c) 15.2 Nm (d) 17.4 Nm
Ans : (c)
Sol:
Eb1 = V – Ia1Ra = 250 – 20  0.5 = 240V
Eb2 = V – Ia2Ra = 250 – 10  0.5 = 245V
Same field current,  some flux
Eb1 N1
   N 2  1531 rpm
Eb 2 N 2 
& 2  NT = Eb  Ia  T = 15.28 Nm.
5.19) A 5kW, 200V d.c. shunt motor has armature resistance of 1 ohm and shunt field resistance of 100
ohm. At no load, the motor draws 6A from 200V supply and runs at 1000 rpm. The total copper
loss of the machine will be,
(a) 400W (b) 16W (c) 36W (d) 416W
Ans: (d)
Sol:
Total copper loss = Ia2 Ra + If2 Rf
V 200
&If  t   2 Amp
R f 100
I a  I L  I f 1  6  2  4 Amp
 Total copper loans
= (4)2  1 + (2)2  100 = 416 watts
5.20) A 440V d.c shunt motor has a no-load (Ia = 0) speed of 2000 rpm. It is running at 1000 rpm at full
load torque, reduced armature voltage & full field. If load torque is reduced to 50% of rated value
with armature voltage and field voltage held constant at previous values, the speed increase to
1050 rpm. The armature voltage drop it full load will be,
(a) 30V (b) 35V (c) 40V (d) 75V
Ans : (c)
Sol:
Let Ia1 be the armature current at felt load torque, counter Emf Ea1 at full load torque is,
Ea1 = (440 – Ia1r(a)  N1 1

Motor torque = Te1 = Ka1 Ia1

Te1
Now  K a 2 I a 2
2
As the field voltage is held constant, 2 = 1
I a1
I a 2 
2
Canter Emf Ea2 at half rated torque is
Ea2 = (440 – ½ Ia1 r(a)  N22
Ea1 N11 440  I a1ra 1000  1 20
    
Ea 2 N 2 2 440  1 I a1ra 1000  1 21
2
 I a1ra  440 4  40V

 Armature voltage drop at full load = Ia1 ra = 40V

5.21) A 10KW, 240V d.c shunt motor draws a line current of 5.2A while running at no-load speed of
1200 rpm from a 240v dc supply. It has an armature resistance of 0.25 and a field resistance of
100. The efficiency of the motor when it delivers rated speed will be,
(a) 76% (b) 80% (c) 85% (d) 92%
Ans : (c)
Sol:
Constant shunt field current,
240
 1.5 A
160
No- load armature current, Iao = 5.2 – 1.5 = 3.7A
Constant no-load rotational loss, Wo = Vt Iao – Iao2 ra.
= 240  3.7 – (3.7)2  0.25 = 884.0w.
Electromagnetic powers = EaIa = shaft power + no – load rotational loss
(240 – Ia  0.25) Ia = 10000 + 884.6
0.25 Ia2 – 240Ia + 10884.6 = 0
 Ia = 47.73A.
Motor O/P = EaIa + full load Ia2Ra loss + shunt field loss
= 10884.6 + (47.73)2  0.25 + 1.5  240 = 11814.4
10000
 =  100  84.8%  85%
11814.14

5.22) A 500V shunt motor runs at its normal speed of 250 rpm when the armature current is 200A. The
resistance of armature is 0.12. The speed when a resistance is inserted in the field, reducing the
shunt field to 80% of normal value and the armature current is 100A will be
(a) 250 rpm (b) 274 rpm (c) 320 rpm (d) 375 rpm
Ans : (c)
Sol : Back emf E b1 = V – Ia1Ra = 500 – 200  0.12 = 470V
Eb2 = V – Ia2Ra = 500 – 100  0.12 = 488V.
2 = 80% of 1 = 0.8
N 2 Eb 2 1 488 
    N 2  250   1
N1 Eb1 2 470 0.81
N2 = 320 rpm

5.23) A 200V dc series motor runs at 500 rpm when taking a current of 25A. The resistance of the
armature is 0.5 and that of field is 0.3. If the current remains constant, the resistance rumay to
reduce the speed to 250rpm will be
(a) 3.2 (b) 3.4 (c) 3.6 (d) 3.8
Ans : (c)
Sol: Motor 1/p current = 25A = I1
Eb1 = V – I1 (Ra + Rse) = 200 – 25 (0.5 + 0.3) = 180V.
N1 = 500, and Let ‘R’ is connected to reduce speed to 250
N2 = 250 rpm
Eb2 = V – I2 (R + Ra + Rse) = 200 – 25 (R + 0.5 + 0.3)
= 180 – 25R
Eb
N

250 180  25 R

500 180
 R = 3.6

5.8 SERIES MOTOR (TAPPED FIELD CONTROL)

 I a is determined by load connected to the motor. The MMF which produces flux is the product of
I a and the no of series turns through which it passes.

Y YY
+

V Eb

 If more no of turns are included the flux will be more. There for speed is reduced
 With full field the motor runs at min speed which can be raised by cutting some of the series turns.
 The range of speed control is from rated speed to above rated speed.
 This method is used in traction.

Series Parallel Control:

 By means of change over switch the motors may be connected in series or parallel. When
V
connected in series the voltage across each motor will be . So that the speed will be
2
minimum. When connected in parallel voltage across each motor is V. So the speed is high.

M M

V/2 V/2
V

Series connection

Parallel connection

Series Motor (By using field diverter):

 A resistance may be shunted across an armature to divert the current.
 By including suitable resistance Rd any desired division of current between the series field and
the resistance Rd is achieved.
 Since I f is reduced flux is reduced and hence speed increases. Rd is called as diverting
resistance or diverter.

Ia Rse
Ia
Rd

V
M

Characteristics of ‘Rd’:
1) Low resistance (of the order of series field resistance)
2) High current carrying capability.

5.9 TESTING OF D.C. MACHINE:

 To determine efficiency
Output I / p  losses
 
Input I/p
 losses 
= 1  
 I/p 
Direct load test:
 A load test is conducted and Output and Input are measured. The load on the motor is created
by tightening a belt or a rope passing around the brake drum.
 The Output of the motor is wasted in the form of heat. It is applicable to motors of small
ratings (5 to 10h.p)
 Spring balances are (or load is) adjusted till it carries full load current. S1, S2 readings of spring
balance.
 Shaft torque developed by the motor Tsh  (S1  S 2 )9.81R N-m
‘R’ is radius of pulley in meters.
Motor Output power = Tsh .2N walts

Input power = VI (Supply voltage  full load current)

Indirect Method:
(a) Swinburne’s lest:
 If the m/c (motor) can run on no load, a no load test is conducted. [A series machine can’t be
run on no-load, hence this method cann’t be used]

 Since the Output is zero, the no-load input equals the summation of all the losses, namely
friction losses, windage losses, hysteresis loss, eddy current losses and copper losses i.e.,
Mechanical, magnetic and copper losses.

 (mechanical + Magnetic losses) are called as stray losses.

No load input = Stray losses + cu losses

No load input – I2R losses = stray losses

Having determined the stray losses the efficiency can be predetermined.

 The indirect test conducted on a shunt machine is Swinburne test (also called as no load test or
losses metho(d)

Ifo
 A A

Iao

V V Rf

R


 The Machine is made to run as a motor on no load at rated speed and rated voltage. Any motor
is to be driven at rated speed in order to ensure that the mechanical losses corresponds to
normal operating conditions. It is done by having a shunt regulator.

No load Output = VI0

Iao = I0 – If0
Arm. Culoss = Iao2Ra
Shunt field culoss = VIf0
Stray losses (ws) = VI0 – VIf0 – Iao2Ra
Constant losses = ws + VIf0

= VIa0 – Iao2Ra
= Ia0.Eb0
 This test is applicable to those machines in which flux is practically constant ie, to shunt &
compound machines.

‘’When running as Motor:-

Input = VI
Arm Culoss = Ia2Ra = (I – Ish)2Ra
Constant losses = Wc
 Total losses = Ia2Ra + Wc
Input  losses

I/p
‘’ when running as generator:
Output = VI
Culoss = Ia 2 Ra  I a  I  I sh 
Constant loss = Wc
2
 Total loss =  I  I sh  Ra  Wc

VI
g 
VI  total loss

Advantages:
1. Power required to test a large machine is small. Only no load input power is sufficient.
2. Efficiency can be determined at any load.
Disadvantages:
1. No accountancy of change in Iron losses from No-load to full load. At full load due to reaction
flux is distorted, which increases iron losses.
2. It doesn’t know the commutation effect at full load.
Hopkinson’s test or Regenerative test or back to back test:
 In the direct method of testing the power O/p of the motor is wasted in the form of heat.
 Indirect tests are not possible in the case of series machine.
 In the regenerative test two identical d.c. machines are required, one machine acting as a motor
drives the other m/c as generator. The electrical power output of the generator is fed back to

the supply mains. Therefore the power output of the motor which would have been wasted in
the form of heat is usefully utilized to drive a generator, which feeds back to the supply mains.
 Therefore, machines of very large rating can be tested with the minimum power requirement
and with ease.
 The regenerative test or full load test on two shunt machines is hopkinson’s test.
 If the machines don’t have losses, they would have run without any external power supply.
 While starting field of one machine is weakened and that of other is strengthened. The
machine with weak field runs as motor, the machine with strengthened field runs as generator.

I2 I2 I1
 A
V1
I1 + I2
I4 I3 A3
V
I4

M G
R2 R1


Advantages:
1. Power required is less
2. Since the m/cs are being tested under full load conditions, the temperature rise and
commutation effects are observed.
3. Iron loss due to flux distortion at full load taken into account.

Disadvantages:
 Availability of Two identical machines.

 Assume both the machines have same efficiency

Output of motor =   Input =   V(I1 + I2) = Generator input

Output of Generator =   V (I1 + I2)

= 2V(I1 + I2) …………(1)

Gen O/p from the diagram = VI1 ……….(2)

(1) = (2)  2 V(I1 + I2) = VI1

I1
  This is valid only if the machines have same efficiency.
I1  I 2

 If the efficiencies are different

Let Ra – arm resistance of each machine.

I3 – field current (exciting current) of the generator

I4 – field current of motor

Arm cu loss in Gen = (I1 + I3)2 Ra

Arm cu loss in Mot = (I1 + I2 – I4)2Ra

Shunt cu loss in Gen = VI3

Shunt cu loss in Motor = VI4

Total generator & Motor losses are equal to power supplied by mains
Power drawn from supply = VI2
 Total stray losses for the set
= VI2 – [(I1 + I3)2Ra + (I1 + I2 – I4)2Ra + VI3 + VI4]
= 2W
 Assume stray losses are equal for both the machines.
2W
Stray loss/machine = W
2
 For Generator: Total loss = (I1 + I3)2Ra + VI3 + W = Wg
O/p = VI1
VI1
g 
VI1  Wg

For Motor: Total loss = (I1 + I2 – I4)2Ra + VI4 + W = Wm

Input = V(I1 + I2)

V ( I1  I 2 )  Wm
m 
V ( I1  I 2 )

EXAMPLES
5.24) The Hopkinson’s test on two machines gave the following results for full load; line voltage 250V;
line current excluding field current, 50A, motor armature current 38A, field current 5A; and 4.2A.
If the armature resistance of each machine is 0.2, the efficiency of each machine will be
(a) 87% & 69% (b) 89% & 89% (c) 92% & 92% (d) 96% & 69%
Ans. (c)
Sol: I ag  I am  I L  380  50  330 A
Input to set = VI L  250  50  12.5kw
Armature copper loss =  I am
2
 I ag2  Ra
2 2
=  380    330   0.02
 
= 5.066kw
Stray loss of each machine
1
ws  12.5  5.066   3.72kw
2
For motor,
I fm  4.2 A
Pin.m  V  I am  I fm 
= 250(380 + 4.2)= 96.05kw
2
PLm  Pst  I Ra  VI fm
am

= 7.658kw
96.05  7.658
m   100  92.03%
96.05
For generator, I fg  5 A
Pout . g  250  330  82.5kw
2
PL, g  Pst  I ag Ra  VI fg
= 7.148kw
82.5
G   100 = 92.03%
(82.5  7.148)
Both motor & generator have same efficiency

Field Test for Series Motor:

 This test is applicable for two similar series motors.
 Two machines are coupled mechanically. Generator works as separately excited machine.
 One machines runs as motor and drives generator whose output is wasted in a variable load
‘R’

 Iron losses are made equal by connecting both the series fields in series with armature circuit
of motor.
 Friction & windage losses are same because both the machines running at same speed.
 Resistance ‘R’ is varied till the motor draws its full load current.
 It is not regenerative test.
Let V = Supply voltage.
I1 = Motor current.
V2 = Terminal voltage of generator
I2 = load current.
 Power I/p to whole set = VI1
Output = V2I2
Total losses = VI1 – V2I2 (Wt)
Arm & Field cu loss =  Ra  2 Rse  I12  I 22 Ra (Wcu)

Ra - hot arm resistance of each m/c

Wt  Wcu
 Stray losses per machine = Ws 
2


A I1
I2
Rse A
V1
V V

V R
M G
V2

Rse

 Stray losses are equally divided because of equal excitation & speed.

For Motor For Gen:

I/p = V1I1 Gen O/p = V2I2

Motor loss = arm + Field cu loss + Ws Field cu loss = I12 Rse Arm Cu loss = I 22 Ra; Stray loss = Ws

2
Wm =  Ra  Rse  I12  Ws Total loss = I12 Rse  I 22 R a  Ws  Wg

V1 I1  Wm V2 I 2
m  g 
V1 I1 V2 I 2  Wg

Retardation Test or Running Down Test:

 This method is applicable for shunt motors and generators used for finding stray losses. (like
swinburnes)
 Machine is made to run above the rated speed and then supply is cutoff from the armature
while keeping field excited. Its kinetic energy is used to meet the rotational losses (Friction
and windage, Iron losses)
 If excitation is also removed, KE is used to meet mechanical losses only.
 This method is used to find moment of Inertia also.

Ward Leonard System:

Motor [Link]
Main Motor

G M

A.C. driving motor

To exciter

 M – Seperately excited D.C motor for which speed control is required.

 For starting the motor M, its field circuit is first energized and then generated output voltage is
adjusted to a low value by decreasing its field excitation. This is done to limit the starting
current.
 By this method speeds below the rated, and above the rated speed can be achieved.
 Below base speed is obtained by voltage control and above base speed by field flux control.

5.10 TORQUE – SPEED AND POWER SPEED CHARACTERISTICS:

Arm voltage Motor field

control control

Power

Torque

O
Base speed Max speed

 Speeds from zero to base speeds are obtained by increasing generator output voltage with
constant motor field flux.
 Ia is maintained constant at rated value

T  I a  constant torque

 Power = Torque  speed Increases in proportion to speed.

 Hence by Armature terminal voltage control method we obtain constant torque and variable
power drive.
 Speeds above base speed are obtained by decreasing motor flux with constant generator
voltage [Ia is kept at rated value in both the cases]
Here VtIa or EbIa constant [Vt = Eb + Iara]

& T  Ia decreases as the flux is decreased.

 Flux control method results into constant power & variable torque drive, above base speeds.

5.11 POWER FLOW DIAGRAM FOR MOTOR & GENERATOR (D.C.):

Mech. Power
Converted to
electrical
Net Electrical
Mech Power input Power Output
 
Po = VIL
Eg Ia
Rotational losses
1) Mech. losses Electrical
2) Core losses losses
(stray losses)

Eg Ia
Mech Power o/p
 
Electrical Power
input
Electrical power Pin = VIL
converted to
Mech power
(EbIa)

Stray Load Losses:

 These losses represent additional losses due to load. These losses are larger in IM and other
small gap machines.
 They represents
1) Iron losses due to flux distortion (Arm. Reaction) in d.c. machines and step harmonics in
A.C. Machines
2) Skin effect losses in armature or stator conductors.
3) Iron losses in the structural parts of the machines.

EXAMPLES
5.25) A 480V, 20kw shunt motor took 2.5A when running light. For an armature resistance to be 0.6,
field resistance of 800 and brush drop of 2V, the full-load efficiency is
(a) 87.4% (b) 88.6% (c) 89.2% (d) 89.6%
Ans. (b)
480
Sol. If   0.6 A
800
I io  2.5  0.6  1.9 A
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 214 Electrical Machines
Institute

Pio  Pmf  V  I a Ra  Vb  I a

= (480 – 1.9  0.6 – 2)  1.9 = 906w

Psh = 480  0.6 = 288w
Pk = 906 + 288 = 1194w
Full load,
Pout = 20kw
VI L  20, 000  ( I a2 Ra  Vb I a )  Pk (Pst ignore(d)

I L  I a  0.6

 480( I a  0.6)  20, 000  0.6 I a2  2 I a  1194

0.6 I a2  4.78 I a  20906  0

Solving,
I a  46.42 A

Pin  480(46.42  0.6)  22.5kw

20k
in   88.6%
22.5k

5.26) A 200V shunt motor taken 10A when running on no-load. At higher loads the brush drop is 2V
and at light loader it is negligible. The stray load loss at a line current of 100A is 50% of the no-
load loss. The efficiency at a line current of 100A if armature and field resistance are 0.2 & 100
respectively will be
(a) 75% (b) 68% (c) 79% (d) 66%
Ans. (a)
Sol. At no-load
No-load loss = 200  100 = 2,000w
200
I f   2A
100
I a  10  2  8 A

Pio  Pwf  200  8  (8) 2  0.2  1.587.2 w

At load, I a  100  2  98 A

I a2 Ra  (98)2  0.2  1920.8w

Stray load loss = 0.5  2000 = 1000w

PL   I a2 Ra  Vb I a  Pst    Pio  Pwf  Psh 

= 1920.8  2  98  1000   1587.2  200  2 

= 5104w
Pin  PL 200  100  5104
 
Pin 200  100
= 74.48%  75%

5.27) Two dc shunt generators with emfs 120V and 115V, armature resistance of 0.05 and 0.04 and
field resistance of 20 and 25 respectively are supplying a total load 25kw. How do they share
the load?
(a) 17.29, 7.70kw (b) 15.21, 4.79kw (c) 12.22, 07.78kw (d) 11.78, 8.22kw
Ans. (a)
Soln: Let generators G1, G2 supply currents I1 and I2 respectively at a common terminal vol. V
VI1
Power supplied by generator G1  = 17.293kw
1000
VI 2
Power supplied by generator G2   7.707 kw
1000

5.28) A dc over compounded generator was operating satisfactorily and supply power to an infinite bus
when the prime mover failed to supply any mechanical power. The machine would then run as a
(a) Commutatively compounded motor with speed reversal
(b) Commutatively compounded motor with direction of rotation as before
(c) Differentially compounded motor with speed reversed
(d) Differentially compounded motor with direction of speed as before
Ans: (d)
Sol: Since the m/c remains connected to the main it draws current from main and runs as an unloaded
motor. The direction of current in shunt field winding remains the same as it was when running as
generator. The direction of current in both the series field winding and the armature winding
reverses.
 The m/c becomes a differentially compounded motor
Since the armature current has removed, the direction of electromagnetic torque reversed and
hence it causes rotation in the same direction as when running as generator.

5.29) What is the increase in the torque expressed as percentage of initial torque, if the current drawn by
a dc motor is increased from 10A to 12A (neglect saturation)?
(a) 21% (b) 25% (c) 41% (d) 44%
Ans. (d)
Sol: T  kT I a 2
T2  T1
% increase in torque = 100 
T1

I a22  I a21
= 100
I a21

122  102
= 100  44%
102

5.30) The armature resistance of a 6-pole lap wound dc machine is 0.05. if the armature is rewound as
a wave – winding, what is the armature resistance?
(a) 0.45 (b) 0.30 (c) 0.15 (d) 0.10
Ans: (a)
Sol: In lap a = p
Given R/6 = 0.05
R = 0.30
In wave a = 2
3R 3
Eg resistance =   0.3  0.45
2 2

5.31) A 6-pole lap wound dc machine armature has 720 conductors and its draws 50A from supply
mains. What is the flux distribution produced by the armature reaction for pole?
(a) Rectangular in wave shape with a peak of 500A%
(b) Rectangular in wave shape with a peak of 100A%
(c) Triangular in wave shape with a peak of 500A%
(d) Triangular in wave shape with a peak of 1000A%
Ans: (d)
Sol: Armature reaction per pole (A= p for lap)
720
=  50
6 6
= 1000A%

5.32) A 5kW, 200V dc shunt motor has armature resistance of 1 and shunt field resistance of 100. At
no load, the motor draws 6A from 200V supply and runs at 1000rpm. What is the total copper loss
of the machine?
(a) 400w (b) 16w (c) 36w (d) 416w
Ans. (d)
Sol.
6A 4A
2A
200V

200
I sh   2A
100
I a  I L  I sh  4 A
No load loss = 200  2 + 42  1 = 41640

5.33) A 250V, 4 pole, wave wound dc series motor has 782 conductors on its armature. It has armature
and series field resistance of 0.75. The motor taken a circuit of 40A. The speed and gross torque
developed if it has a flux per pole of 25mwb is
(a) 300rpm, 250N-m (b) 260rpm, 260N-m (c) 338rpm, 250N-m (d) 358rpm, 250N-m
Ans: (c)
zNp
Sol: Eb 
60  A
Eb  V  I a Ra  250  40  0.75  220V
N 1
 225  25 10 3  782   
60  2 
 N  338rpm
1 Zp
and Ta  Ia
2 A
25 103  782  40  4
=  249 N  m
2 2
5.34) A 250V shunt motor with a constant main field drive a load, the torque of which varies as the cube
of the speed. When running at 500rpm, it takes 40A. Neglecting motor losses, the speed at which
it will run if a 25ohm resistor is connected in series with the armature is
(a) 200rpm (b) 225 rpm (c) 250rpm (d) 275rpm
Ans: (c)
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 218 Electrical Machines
Institute

Sol: T1  1 I a1 but,  is constant

T1 I a1 N13
    T  N 3 
T2 I a 2 N 23 

40 (500) 3
 
Ia 2 N 23

N13 Eb13 V3 2503 40

3
 3
 3
 3

N 2 Eb2 (V  25I a 2 ) (250  25I a 2 ) I a2

I a32  325I a 2  30 I a22  1000  0

By trial run method I a 2  5 A

N13 I a1 40 (500) 3
  
N 23 I a 2 5 ( N 2 )3
500
 N2   250rpm
2
5.35) A 220V shunt motor has an armature resistance of 0.5 and taken a current 40A on full load. By
how much percentage the main flux be reduced to raise the speed by 50% if the developed torque
is constant?
(a) 25% (b) 37% (c) 49% (d) 64%
Ans. (b)
Eb1 1 N1
Sol. For a DC m/c, 
Eb2 2 N 2

Since torque is constant, 1 I a1  2 I a 2

1
I a 2  I a1   40( x)
2

Eb1  220  (40  0.5)  200V

Eb2  220  (40 x  0.5)  (220  20 x)V

N2 3

N1 2

3  200  20 x 
   x
2  200 
 x = 9.4 or 1.6
9.4 is rejected because it does not give the necessary increase in speed.

1
  1.0
2
1  2 1.6  1 3
  
2 1.6 8
3
% change in flux =  100  37.5%
8

5.36) A 10kw, 250V shunt motor has an armature resistance of 0.5 and a field resistance of 200. At
no-load, and rated voltage, the speed is 1200rpm and the armature current is 3A. At full load and
rated voltage, the time current is 47A and because of armature reaction the flux is 4% less than its
no-load value. The developed torque at full load will be
(a) 76Nm (b) 86Nm (c) 96N-m (d) 106N-m
Ans. (b)
Sol: At no-load
250
If   1.25 A
100
I a0  3A

Ea 0  250  3  0.5  248.5V

248.5  3
T0   5.93 Nm
(21200) / 60
At full load,  fl  0.960 ; I afl  47  1.25  45.75

Ea. fl  250  45.75  0.5  227.1V

 0.96   45.73 
T fl  5.93     = 86.8Nm
 1   3 

5.37) A 480V, 20kw shunt motor took 2.5A when running light. For an armature resistance to be 0.6,
the field resistance of 800 and brush drop of 2V, the full-load efficiency will be
(a) 78% (b) 88% (c) 66% (d) 77%
Ans: (b)
480
Sol: If   0.6 A
800
I io  2.5  0.6  1.9 A

Pio  Pmf  V  I a Ra  Vb  I a

= (480 –1.9  0.6 – 2)  1.9 = 906w

Psh  480  0.6  288w

Pk  906  288  1194 w

At full load
Pout = 20kw

VI L  20k   I a2 Ra  Vb I a   Pk  Pst  ignored 

I L  I a  0.6

480 (Ia + 0.6) = 20k + 0.6 I a2  2 I a  1194

 I a  46.42 A (taking smaller of two values)

Pin  480(46.42  0.6)  22.569 kw

20000
m  = 88.6%
22569

5.38) A dc motor drives a 100kw generator having an efficiency of 87%. If the overall efficiency of M-
G set is 74%, the efficiency of the motor will be
(a) 80% (b) 85% (c) 90% (d) 82%
Ans. (b)
Sol: M G  m  F
0.74 = m  0.87  m  0.85 / 85%

5.39) A 600V dc motor drives a 60kw load at 900rpm. The shunt field resistance is 100 and the
armature resistance is 0.16.if the motor efficiency is 85%, the speed regulation will be
(a) 2.3% (b) 1.7% (c) 3.1% (d) 4.7%
Ans: (c)
60
Sol: Pin   70.59kw
0.85
70.59  1000
IL   117.65 A
600
600
If   6A
100

I a  117.65  6  111.65 A

Ea  600  111.65  0.16  582.14V

At no load, Ea  V  600

600
n0  900 
582.14
= 927.6rpm
927.6  900
Speed regulation = = 3.1%
900

5.40) Calculate the efficiency of a 500V shunt motor, when taking 700A, from the following data
recorded when the motor was hot motor stationary voltage drop in the armature winding 15V,
armature current 510A, field current 9A at normal voltage. Motor running at normal speed
unloaded; armature current 22.5A, applied voltage 550V. Allow 2V for brush contact drop and 1%
of the rated output of 400kw for stray – load losses
(a) 70% (b) 80% (c) 90% (d) 95%
Ans. (c)
15
Sol. Ra   0.029
510
500
Rf   55.56
9
Using the data for unloaded motor
Rotational loss = V  I a Ra  Vb  I a = (550 – 22.5  0.029 – 2)  22.5

= 12.315kw
Pin  I a2 Ra  V f I f  Vb I a  stray load loss - rotational loss
m 
Pin

I a  I L  I f  700  9  691A

Pin  VI L  500  700  350kw

350  6912  0.029  500  9  2  691  0.01400  103  12.315

 m 
350k
= 89.7%

5.41) A short shunt compared generator delivers a local current of 30A at 220 and has armature, series
field and shunt field resistances of 0.05, 0.30, and 200 respectively. Calculate the induced
emf and the armature current All No. 1.0v per brush for contact drop.
(a) 232v & 31A (b) 242v & 42A (c) 252v & 52A (d) 262v & 62A
Ans: (a)
30A

0.3

L
o
0.02 a 220V
200
d

Sol:
Voltage drop in series winding = 30  0.3 = 9v voltage a cross shunt winding = 200 + 9 = 229v.
Ish = 22a/200 = 1.145A
Ia = 30 + 1.145 = 31.145 A
IaRa = 31.145  0.05 = 1.56v
Brush drop = 2 1 = 2V
Eg = V + series drop + brush drop + IaRa
= 220 + 9 + 2 + 1.56 = 232.56V

5.42) An s – pole d.c. shunt generator with 778 wave connected armature conductors and running at 500
rpm supplier a load of 12.5 resistance at terminal voltage of 50v. The armature resistance is
0.24 and the field resistance is 250. The flux per pole will be
(a) 8.8 mwb (b) 9.8 mwb (c) 10.4 mwb (d) 12.2 mwb
Ans : (b)
1A 20A

0.24 250V 1V 5
250

Ish = 250/250 = 1A
Arm current, Ia = 20 +1 = 21A
Induced emf = 250 + (21  0.24) = 255.04v
ZN  P 
Eg 
60 A
 778  500 8
Now 255. 
60 2  
  9.83 mwb

5.43) A separately excited generator, when running at 1000 rpm supplier 200A at 125v. What will be the
load current when the speed drop to 8000 rpm if. If is unchanged ? Given Ra = 0.04 & brush
drop = 2V.
(a) 140A (b) 150A (c) 160A (d) 170A
Ans: (c)
Sol: Load instance, R = 125/200 = 0.625 
Eg 1 = 125 + 200  0.04 + 2 = 135v for 1000 rpm.
For 800 rpm,
Eg2 = 135  800/1000 = 108v.
If ‘I’ is new load current,
V = 108 – 0.04 I – 2 = 106 – 0.04 I.
 I = V/R = (106 – 0.04 I)/ 0.635,
I = 159.4A

5.44) A 230v d.c. series motor has an armature circuit resistance of 0.2 and field resistance of 0.1. At
rated voltage, the motor draws a line current of 40 Amp and runs at a speed of 1000 r.p.m. Assume
that the flux at 20A line current is 60% of the flux at 40A line current, the speed of the motor for a
line current of 20A at 230V will be,
(a) 1624 rpm (b) 1689 rpm (c) 1713 rpm (d) 1784 rpm
Ans : (c)
Sol: For 40A line current,
Ea1 = Vt – Ia (ra + rs)
= 230 – 40 (0.2 + 0.1) = 218 V.
For a line current of 20A, Ea2 = 230 – 20 (0.3)
= 224 volts

Now flux at 20A i.e., 2 = 0.6  flux at 40

2 = 0.6,
Ea1 n1 1
 
Ea 2 n2 2

1000  224
n2   1713 rpm
218  0.6

5.45) A 240v, 50A, 800rpm d.c shunt motor has armature circuit resistance of 0.2. If load torque is
reduced to 60% of its full load value and a resistance of 2 is inserted in series with armature
circuit, the motor speed will be, Armature reaction weakens the field flux by 4% at full load and
by 2% at 60% of full load.
(a) 556 rpm (b) 589 rpm (c) 597 rpm (d) 566 rpm
Ans : (c)
Sol:
At rated load, Ea1 = Vt – Ia1ra
= 240 – 50  0.2 = 230V
Also Ea1  N1 1
Rated torque TL1 = Ka 1 Ia1
New torque TL2 = 0.6T L1 = Ka 2 Ia2
Given 1 = 0.96 and 2 = 0.98. [When  is mainfield flux at no load]
TL1 T 1 K  0.96   50
 L1   a
TL 2 0.6T 4 0.6 Ka  0.98 I a 2
Ia2 = 29.39A.
New counter Emf =
Ea2 = 240 – 29.39 (2+0.2) = 175.34V.
Ea1 N11 230 800  0.96
  
Ea 2 N 2 2 175.342 N 2  0.98
Motor speed, N2 = 597.44 rpm.

5.46) A 2 pole d.c. generator is delivering 20A to a load of 10. If the armature resistance is 0.5 and
the shunt field resistance is 50 the efficiency of M/c will be,
(a) 69% (b) 77% (c) 74% (d) 71%
Ans : (b)
Sol:

4A 20A
A
IA

0.5 200V 10

50

Terminal voltage = 20  10 = 200v

Ish = 200/50 = 4A; Ia = 20 + 4 = 24A.
IaRa = 24  0.5 = 12v,
Eg = 200 + 12 = 212 V (+2 if considered brush drop 2v)
Since friction loss & iron losses are not given, only electrical efficiency of the m/c can be find out.
Power generated in armature = 214  24 = 5,136 W.
Useful output = 200  20 = 4,000W.
4000
nelec   0.779(or )77.9%
5136

5.47) The hysteresis and eddy current losses in a d.c. machine running at 1000rpm are 250w and 100w
respectively. If the flux remains constant, the speed at which the total iron losses be halved will be,
(a) 520 rpm (b) 550 rpm (c) 570 rpm (d) 610 rpm
Ans : (c)
Sol: Total loss = W = Wh + We = AN + BN2.
 1000 
Wh = 250W  A    250  A = 15;
 60 
2
 1000 
We = 100W  B    = 100;  B = 9/25;
 60 
Let N be the new speed in rps at which total loss is one half of the loss at 1000rpm. New loss
= (250 + 100)/2 = 175w.
 
175  15 N  a
25
N2

 N = 9.5 rps {neglecting –ve value}

 570 rpm

5.48) A 4 – pole series motor has 944 wave – connected armature conductors. At a certain load, the flux
per pole is 34.6 mwb and the total mechanical torque developed is 209 N.m total motor existence
is 3. The line current taken by the motor and the speed at which it will run with an applied
voltage of 500v will be
(a) Ia = 20A N = 366 rpm (b) Ia = 18A N = 289 rpm
(c) Ia = 20A N = 382 rpm (d) Ia = 18A N = 300 rpm

Ans: (c)
Sol: Ta  0.159 Z I a P A N .m
 2
209  0.159  34.6  103  944  I a 4
Ia = 20.1 A.
And tb =  ZN (P/6)
439.7 = 34.6  10–3  944  N  2
N = 6.73 rps (or) 382.2 rpm.

5.49) A 250V, 10KW d.c. shunt generator has 1400 turns on each pole. At rated speed, a shunt field
current of 2A produces a no-load voltage of 250V, but at rated load the same load voltage of 250V
can be produced by a field current of 2.2amp. It is required, not to change the field current for
maintaining load voltage constant, but add a series field winding. The no. of series field turns per
pole required for long-shunt connection will be,
(a) 5 turns (b) 6 turns (c) 7 turns (d) 8 turns
Ans: (c)
Sol: Total mmf required at rated load
= 2.2  1400 = 3080 ATS
The mmf at no-load = 2  1400 = 2800 ATS.
 The mmf to be supplied by series field winding,
NSIS = 3080 – 2800 = 280 ATS
But series field current at full load
10000
IS   40 A
250
280
Series field turns   7 turns .
40

5.50) A 2 – pole d.c. shunt generator charges a 100v battery of negligible internal resistance. The
armature of the machine is made up of 1000 conductors, each of 2 million resistance. The charging
currents are found to be 10A and 20A for generator speeds of 1055 and 1105 rpm respectively.
Find the field circuit resistance of the generator. Neglect the armature reaction effects.
(a) 77  (b) 82  (c) 100  (d) 111
Ans : (c)
Sol: Armature circuit resistance = 500  2  10–3  ½ = 0.5.
Let If be the shunt field current,
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 227 D.C Machines
Institute

The generated emf at 1055 rpm is given by,

Ea1 = vt + (IL + If)  0.5
= 100 + (10 + If )  0.5
At 1105 rpm Ea2 = 100 + (20 + If )  0.5
But Ea1  If  N. - (1)
 If  1055.
Ea2  If  1105. - (2)
Substitute (1) f(1) in above Eq {Ea1, Ea2}
 If = 1A
Ea1 = 105.5V at 1055 rpm
 ZNP
a
Ea1 =
 100  1055  2
105.5 
60  2
  = 0.00 6wb.
V
 Field circuit resistance = t
If
100
  100
1
and flux per pole = 6nwb

5.51) The magnetic circuit of a dc shunt generator with negligible armature resistance and brush contact
voltage drop remains unsaturated when it deliver full-load current at rated terminal voltage. The
brushes are kept in the interpolar axis and speed is maintained constant. When the local is
switched off, the terminal voltage would
(a) Remains the same (b) Increase (c) Decrease (d) Become zero
Ans : (a)

5.52) The armature existence of a permanent magnet dc motor is 0.8. At no load, the motor draws
1.5A from a supply voltage of 25V and runs at 1500 rpm. The efficiency of the motor while it is
operating on load at 1500 rpm drawing a current of 3.5A rpm the same source will be,
(a) 48.0% (b) 57.1% (c) 59.2% (d) 88.8%
Ans : (a)
Sol: From the data provided in the question from no-load data,
Constant loss = 25  1.5 – 1.52  0.8 = 35.7w
At load current of 3.5A,
Variable loss = I2.R = 3.52  0.8 = 9.8w

Total loss = 45.5W

Total power = 25  3.5 = 87.5w
87.5  45.5
Efficiency y   100 = 48%.
87.5
5.53) A dc series motor wining an electric train faces a constant power load. It is running at rated speed
and rated voltage. If the speed has to be brought down to 0.25 pu the supply voltage has to be
approximately brought down to,
(a) 0.75 pu (b) 0.5 pu (c) 0.25 pu (d) 0.125 pu
Ans : ((b)
Sol: For constant power load, Tw = constant
(or) Ia2w = constant
w1 w1 I
Ia = I a1 = I a1  a1
w2 0.25w1 0.5
Also for constant power drive,
Ea Ia  Vt
Ia = constant
vt1. I a1
then, vt2 =  0.5Vt1
Ia2
(or) Vt2 = 0.5pu

Class Room Practice Questions

LEVEL - 1

01. Level compounded dc generator is used for which of the following applications?
a) electric arc winding b) electric traction c) battery charging d) lighting

02. A series motor is best suited for driving

a) lathes b) cranes and hoists c) shears and punches d) machine tools

03. A 4 pole generator with 16coil has a two layer lap winding. The pole pitch is
a) 32 b) 16 c) 8 d) 4

04. In a dc generator operating on load with its brushes on the geometrical neutral axis (GNA), the
magnetic neutral axis (MNA) is shifted in the direction of rotation. Now, if the brushes are given a
lead of 900 (electrical), then the MNA will
a) Shift forward by 900 b) Shift forward by more than 900
c) Shift forward by less than 90 d) Coincide with the GNA

05. A dc shunt motor is run under the following conditions:

1) Normal voltage with no additional resistance in armature or field circuits.
2) 50% normal voltage with no additional resistance in armature or field circuits
3) Normal voltage with a small external resistance in the armature circuit of a value equal to the
armature resistance
4) Normal speed of the motor would increase in the sequence.
a) 1,2,3,4 b) 1,4,3,2 c) 2,1,4,3 d) 2,3,1,4436

06. An electric motor with constant output power will have a torque speed characters in the form of a
a) straight line through the origin b) straight line parallel to speed axis
c) circle about the origin d) rectangular hyperbola

07. One main advantage of Swinburns test is that it

a) Is applicable both to shunt and compound motors
b) needs one running test
c) Is very economical and convenient
d) ignores any charge in iron loss

08. The maximum torque of dc motors is limited by

a) commutation b) heating c) speed d) armature current

09. A dc shunt generator builds up to a voltage of 220V at no load while running at its rated speed. If
the speed of the generator is raised by 25% keeping the circuit conditions unaltered, then the voltage
to which the machine would build up will
a) not change and remain at 220V
b) increase to 1.25 times 220V
c) Increase to a value lying between 220V and 1.25 times 220V
d) Increase to a value greater than 1.25 times 220V

10. The armature mmf of a dc machine has

a) triangular space distribution and rotates at the speed of armature
b) trapezoidal space distribution and is stationary in space
c) stepped distribution and rotates at the speed of the armature
d) triangular space distribution and is stationary in space

11. A series motor drawing an armature current of Ia is operating under saturated magnetic conditions.
The torque developed in the motor is proportional to
a) 1/Ia b) 1/Ia2 c) Ia2 d) Ia

12. A dc shunt motor having unsaturated magnetic circuit runs at 1000 RPM with rated voltage. If the
applied voltage is half of the rated voltage, the motor will run at
a) 2000RPM b) 1000RPM c) 750RPM d) 500RPM

13. A 200V dc shunt motor delivers an output of 17KW with an input of 20KW. The field winding
resistance is 50ohm and armature resistance is 0.04ohm. Maximum efficiency will be obtained
when the total armature copper losses are equal to
a) 2632W b) 3000W c) 3680W d) 5232W

14. consider the following statements regarding the magnetism characteristics of dc generator:
1) It represents the variation of field flux with field current
2) Variation of open circuit terminal voltage with field current is independent of speed
3) It is non linear from zero to rated field current
4) It helps to determine critical field resistance t a given speed
5) It always starts from the origin
Which of the following statements are correct?
a) 1 and 4 b) 1,2,5 c) 2,3 and 4 d) 3 and 5
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 231 D.C Machines
Institute

15. If two 8pole dc machines of identical armatures are wound, one with lap winding and the other with
wave winding, then
a) Wave wound machine will have rated current more voltage
b) Lap wound machine will have more rated voltage and less current
c) Lap wound machine will have more rated voltage and less current
d) Wave wound machine will have more rated voltage and less current

16. If the speed of a dc motor increases with load torque, then it is a

a) Series motor b) Permanent magnet motor
c) differential compounded motor d) cumulatively compounded motor

17. A dc shunt generator, when driven at its rated speed, is found to be generating any voltage. Which
of the following would account for this?
a) There is no residual magnetism
b) The connection of the field winding is not proper with respect to the armature terminals.
c) The resistance of the field circuit is greater than the critical field resistance
d) The load resistance is less than the critical armature resistance

18. To have sparkles commutation, the armature reaction effect in a dc machine is neutralized by
a) Using compensating winding and commutating poles
b) Shifting the brush axis from the geometrical neutral axis to the magnetic neutral axis
c) Fixing the brush axis in line with the pole axis
d) Increasing the field excitation.

19. In a dc generator working on load, the brushes are moved forward in the direction of rotation, as a
result of this, commutation will
a) improve but terminal voltage will fall
b) Improve and terminal voltage will raise
c) worsen and terminal voltage will raise
d) None

20. The critical resistance of the DC generator the resistance of

a) armature b) field c) load d) brushes

21. A shunt dc motor works on ac mains

a) Unsatisfactorily b) satisfactorily c) not at all d) none of the above

22. A 200V, 10A motor could be rewound for 100V, 20A by using --- as many turns per coil of wire,
having --- the cross sectional area
a) twice, half b) thrice, one third c) half, twice d) four times, one fourth
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 232 Electrical Machines
Institute

23. A long shunt compound generator delivers a load current of 50A at 500V and has armature, series
field resistance of 0.05 ohm, 0.03 ohm and 250ohm respectively. Calculate the generated voltage
and the armature current. Allow 1V per brush for contact drop.
a) 506.16V, 52A b) 516.16V, 53A c) 516.16V, 51A d) 506.12V, 53A

24. In a 12 pole triplex lap wound dc armature each conductor can carry a current of 100A. The rated
current of this armature is --- A
a) 600 b) 1200 c) 2400 d) 3600

25. The normal value of the armature resistance of a dc motor is

a) 0.005 b) 0.5 c) 10 d) 100

26. The Eb /V ratio of dc motor is an indication of its

a) efficiency b) speed regulation c) starting torque d) running torque

27. If the load current and flux of a dc motor are held constant and voltage applied across its armature is
increased by 10%, its speed will
a) decrease by about 10% b) remain unchanged
c) increase by about 10% d) increased by 20%

28. A dc motor develops a torque of 200Nm at 25RPs. At 20RPS it will develop a torque of --- Nm
a) 200 b) 160 c) 250 d) 128

29. The most efficient method of increasing the speed of a 3.75Kw dc shunt motor would be the ---
method.
a) armature control b) flux control c) ward Leonard d) tapped field control

30. The usual test for determining the efficiency of a traction motor is the --- test
a) Fields b) Retardation c) Hopkinsons d) Swinburnes

31. The current drawn by a 120V dc motor of armature resistance 0.5 ohm and back emf 110V is ---
ampere.
a) 20 b) 240 c) 220 d) 5

32. In the rheostatic method of speed control for a dc shunt motor, use of armature divertor makes the
method
a) Less wasteful b) Less expensive
c) Unsuitable for changing loads d) Suitable for changing loads
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar
VANI 233 D.C Machines
Institute

33. The series parallel system of speed control of series motors widely used in traction work gives a
speed range of about
a) 1 : 2 b) 1 : 3 c) 1 : 4 d) 1 : 6

34. In a dc motor, unidirectional torque is produced with help of

a) Brushes b) Commutator c) End plates d) Both (a) and (b)

35. the counter emf of a dc motor

a) Often exceeds the supply voltage b) Aids applied voltage
c) Helps in energy conversion d) Regulates its armature voltage.

36. DC machines are used to meet the demand of loads requiring

a) High starting torque b) High accelerating torque
c) High decelerating torque d) All of the above

37. The angle between stator-field axis and rotor field axis is called
a) Stator angle b) Rotor angle c) Torque angle d) Amplitude angle

38. In a d.c. machine, field winding is on _____ and the armature winding is on _____
a) Stator, rotor b) rotor, stator c) Stator, stator d) Rotor, rotor

39. In large machines, yoke is made up of

a) Cast iron b) Fabricated steel c) Copper d) Aluminum

40. The advantages of using fractional-pitch winding are

a) Reduction in copper b) Less cost of machine
c) Reduction in harmonics d) All of the above

41. Winding factor is expressed as the product of

a) Coil factor and pitch factor b) Pitch factor and distribution factor
c) Distribution factor and coil span d) Coil span and coil factor

42. For a DC machine, to work as a motor, the rotor would rotate

a) In opposite to the direction of electromagnetic torque
b) In the direction of electromagnetic torque
c) Should be stationary d) In up and down

43. A dynamo has a rated armature current at 250A. What is the current per path of the armature. If the
armature winding is simplex wave wound? The machine has 12 poles.
a) 112A b) 125A c) 135A d) 155A

44. In dc machine, the field system has to be provided on stator unlike synchronous machine where in it
could be on any number because
a) It reduces field structure iron losses b) It gives more uniform air gap flux distribution
c) Commutator action is not possible otherwise
d) DC machines are comparatively low rating machines

45. In dc machines, the space distribution of air-gap flux density wave at no load is
a) Sinusoidal b) Co-sinusoidal c) Flat-topped d) Rectangular

46. A dc shunt motor having unsaturated magnetic circuit runs at 1000rpm, with rated voltage. If the
applied voltage is half the rated voltage, the motor will run at
a) 2000rpm b) 1000rpm c) 750rpm d) 500rpm

47. A dc series motor is accidentally connected to a single phase a.c. supply. The torque produced will
be
a) Of zero average value b) Oscillating
c) Steady & unidirectional d) Pulsating & unidirectional

48. If the field of the DC shunt motor gets opened which the motor is running then the
a) Speed of the motor will be reduced
b) Motor will attain dangerously high speed
c) Armature current will drop
d) Armature will oscillate about original speed or the mean speed

49. Two identical lossless series motors connected in series across a dc supply, run at speeds of N1 and
N2. The ratio of this output powers will be
a) N12 : N 22 b) 1:1 c) N1 : N 2 d) N 2 : N1

50. Plugging of a DC motors is normally done by

a) Connecting a resistance across armature
b) Reversing simultaneously the armature and field polarity
c) Reversing the field polarity
d) Reversing the armature polarity

51. A dc shunt wound motor finds application in

a) Electric trainer b) Tape recorders c) Blowers d) Steel rolling mills

52. In a DC machine, the demagnetizing effect of armature reaction is due to,

a) Component of armature mmf along field axis
b) Non- sinusoidal nature of armature mmf
c) Magnetic saturation in half of the field pole d) Uneven air gap length

53. Methods of limiting the effect of armature reaction are

i) High reluctance pole tips ii) Reduction in armature flux
iii) Strong main field flux iv) Compensating winding
a) 1 only b) 1, 2 only c) 1,2,3 only d) 1,2,3,4

54. A 230V d.c series motor is connected to a 230V a.c supply,

a) The motor will vibrate violently
b) The motor will run with less efficiency & more sparking
c) The motor will not run
d) The fun will be blain

55. A d.c shunt motor doesnot operate on ac due to,

a) Low resistance of armature circuit b) High resistance of field circuit
c) High inductance of field circuit d) Reverse of polarity

LEVEL - 2

01. A separately excited dc motor has to be run at 125% of rated speed when delivering 50% torque.
The excitation will be --- %
(a) 90% (b) 50% (c) 80% (d) 99%

02. A 10KW, 6pole, dc generator develops an emf of 200V at 1500rpm. The armature has a lap
connected winding. The average flux density over a pole pitch is 0.9 tesla. The length and diameter
of the armature are 0.25m and 0.2m respectively. Calculate
1) The flux per pole
2) The torque developed by the machine when the armature supplies current of 50A
(a) 0.024wb, 63.67Nm (b) 0.026wb, 63.66Nm
(c) 0.024wb, 63.66Nm (d) 0.034wb, 62.66Nm
03. A 10KW, 240V dc shunt motor draws a linc current of 5.2 A, while running at no load speed of
1200 rpm from a 240V dc supply. It has an armature resistance of 0.25 ohm and a field resistance
of 160ohm. Estimate the efficiency of the motor when it delivers rated load.
(a) 55.7% (b) 54.6% (c) 54.7% (d) 53.6%

04. A direct current series motor draws a line current of 100A from the mains while running at
1000rpm. Its armature resistance is 0.15 ohm and the field resistance is 0.1ohm. Assuming that the
flux corresponding to a current of 25A is 40% of that corresponding to 100A, find the speed of the
motor when it is drawing 25A from 230V supply.
(a) 2429RPM (b) 2829RPM (c) 2729RPM (d) 2730RPM

05. A 200V, 1500rpm. 10A separately exits dc motor has an armature resistance of 1ohm. It is fed from
a single phase fully controlled bridge rectifier with an ac source voltage of 230V (rms) 50Hz.
Assuming continuous load current compute
Motor speed at the firing angle 300 and torque of 5Nm
(a) 1554 RPM (b) 1354RPM (c) 1254RPM (d) 1256RPM

06. A 200V, 10KW lap wound dc generator has 10poles and 500 conductors on its armature. If the pole
face covers 80% of the pole pitch, the pole face conductors required to fully compensate for
armature reaction will be --- conductors/pole.
(a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 4 (d) 6

07. A 5KW, 2000V dc shunt motor has armature resistance of 1ohm and shunt field resistance of
100ohms. At no load, the motor draws 6A from 200V supply and runs at 1000rpm. The rotational
loss of the machine is --- W and the no load torque is --- N – m
(a) 784W, 7.5Nm (b) 784W, 7.5Nm (c) 784W, 7.5Nm (d) 784W, 7.5Nm

08. At 50% of full load, the armature current drawn by a dc shunt motor is 40A when connected to a
200V dc mains. By decreasing the field flux, its speed is raised by 20% this also causes a 10%
increase in load torque. Calculate the percentage change in field current. The armature resistance
including the brushes is 1 Ohm. Neglect saturation and armature reaction.
(a) 67.4% (b) 37.4% (c) 27.4% (d) 97.4%

09. A 240V dc shunt motor with an armature resistance of 0.5 ohm has a full load current of 40A. Find
the ratio of the starting torque to the full load torque when a resistance of 1 ohm is connected in
series with the armature?
(a) 4 (b) 12 (c) 6 (d) None of the above
10. A DC shunt generator delivers 60KW at 240V and 360rpm. The armature and field resistance are
0.015 ohm and 60ohm respectively. Calculate the speed of the machine running as a shunt motor
and taking 60KW input at 240V. Allow 1 volt per brush for contact drop.
(a) 918.4RPM (b) 916RPM (c) 915RPM (d) 917RPM

11. A DC shunt motor is running at 1200rpm, when excited with 220VDC. Neglecting the losses and
saturation, the speed of the motor when connected to a 175V Dc supply is
(a) 750RPM (b) 900RPM (c) 1050RPM (d) 1200RPM

12. A separately excited DC shunt motor is driving a fan load whose torque is proportional to the square
of the speed. When 100V are applied to the motor, the current taken, by the motor is 8A, with the
speed being 500rpm. At what applied voltage does the speed reach 750rpm and then what is the
current drawn by the armature? Assume the armature circuit resistance to be 1 ohm. Neglect brush
drop and mechanical losses.
(a) 155V, 16A (b) 146V, 17A (c) 156V, 18A (d) 136V, 19A

13. The compensating winding in DC machine

(a) Is located in armature slots for compensation of the armature reaction
(b) Is located on commutating poles for improving the commutation
(c) Is located on poles shoes for avoiding the flash over the commutator surface
(d) Is located on poles shoes to avoid the sparking at the brushes

14. A 240V dc series motor takes 40A when giving its rated output at 1500rpm. Its resistance is 0.3
ohms. The value of resistance which must be added to obtain rated torque at 1000rpm is
(a) 6ohms (b) 5.7ohms (c) 2.2ohms (d) 1.9ohms

15. A belt driven dc shunt generator runs at 1500rpm delivering 10K, at 220V bus bars. The belt
breaks, following which the machine operates as a motor drawing 2Kw power. What will be its
speed as a motor? The armature and field resistance are 0.25 ohms and 55 ohms respectively.
(Ignore armature reaction and assume the contact drop at each brush to be 1V).
(a) 1287RPM (b) 1687RPM (c) 1387RPM (d) 1377RPM

16. In a dc motor running 2000rpm, the hysteresis and eddy current losses are 500W and 200W
respectively. If the flux remains constant, calculate the speed at which the total iron losses are
halved.
(a) 633RPM (b) 653RPM (c) 623RPM (d) 683RPM
17. A 440V shunt motor has an armature resistance of 0.5 ohm and shunt field resistance of 650 ohms.
If the no load current is 3A the current in the armature is
(a) 2.32A (b) 3A (c) 0.68A (d) 880A

18. A 200V, 2000rpm, 10A, separately excited dc motor has an armature resistance of 2 ohm Rated dc
voltage is applied to both the armature and field winding of the motor. If the armature drawn 5A
from the source, the torque developed by the motor is
(a) 4.30Nm (b) 4.77Nm (c) 0.45Nm (d) 0.50Nm

19. A separately excited dc generator is feeding a dc shunt motor. If the load torque on the motor is
halved approximately
(a) Armature current of both motor and generator are halved
(b) Armature current of motor is halved and that of generator is unaltered
(c) Armature current of generator is halved and that of motor is unaltered
(d) Armature current of both motor and generator are unaltered.

20. A dc over compounded generator was operating satisfactorily and supplying power to an infinite bus
when the prime mover failed to supply any mechanical power. The machine would then run as a
(a) Cumulatively compounded motor with speed reversed
(b) Cumulatively compounded motor with direction of rotation as before
(c) Differentially compounded motor with speed reversed
(d) Differentially compounded motor with direction of speed as before

21. A bipolar dc machine with inter poles has a main pole flux of  per pole and inter pole flux of , per
pole. The yoke of the machine is divided into four quadrants by the main pole axis and the
commutation axis. The flux distribution in the quadrants will be
(a) ½ ( + ) in all the four quadrants
(b) ½ ( - ) in all the four quadrants
(c) ½ ( + ) in two diametrically opposite quadrants and ½ ( - ) in the remaining two quadrants
(d) ½ ( + ) in two adjacent quadrants, and ½ ( - ) in the remaining two quadrants

22. To conduct load test on a dc shunt motor it is coupled to a generator which is identical to the motor.
The field of the generator is also connected to the same supply source as motor. The armature of the
generator is connected to a load resistance. The armature resistance is 002pu armature reaction and
mechanical loses can be neglected. With rated voltage across the motor, the load resistance across
the generator is adjusted to obtain rated armature current in both motor and generator. The p.u.
value of this load resistance is
(a) 1.0 (b) 0.98 (c) 0.96 (d) 0.94

23. A dc shunt generator builds up to a voltage of 220V at no load while running at its rated speed. If
the speed of the generator is raised by 25% keeping the circuit conditions unaltered, then the voltage
to which the machine would build up will
(a) not change and remain at 220V
(b) increase to 1.25 times 220V
(c) Increase to a value lying between 220V and 1.25 times 220V
(d) Increase to a value greater than 1.25 times 220V

24. A 200V, 2000rpm, 10A, separately excited dc motor has an armature resistance of 2 ohm. Rate dc
voltage is applied to both the armature and field winding of the motor. If the armature draws 5A
from the source, the torque developed by the motor is
(a) 4.30Nm (b) 4.77Nm (c) 0.45Nm (d) 0.50Nm

25. A shunt motor is running at its rated speed on rated load. If the field circuit gets suddenly opened.
(a) Torque developed by the motor will almost zero and the motor will stop without causing any
damage to the motor.
(b) The motor will draw very high armature current but it will continue to drive the load at a
reduced speed
(c) The motor would tend to race to a high speed while driving the load
(d) The motor would draw very high armature current and will stall with consequent damage to the
armature.

26. The introduction of inter poles in between the main poles improves the performance of a dc
machine, because
(a) The inter poles produce additional flux to augment the developed torque
(b) The flux wave form is improved with reduction in harmonics
(c) The inequality of air gap flux on the top and bottom halves of the armature is removed
(d) A counter emf is induced in the coil undergoing commutation.

27. A dc shunt generator when driven without connecting field winding shows an open circuit terminal
voltage of 12V. When field winding is connected and excited the terminal voltage drops to zero
because
(a) Field resistance is higher than critical resistance
(b) There is no residual magnetism in the field circuit
(c) Field winding has got wrongly connected
(d) There is a fault in armature circuit

28. In a dc machine, the armature is always on the rotor unlike an ac machine where if could be either
on the stator or rotor, because
(a) Commutation action would otherwise not be possible
(b) armature reaction demagnetizing action would otherwise be more
(c) Otherwise it would not be possible to place compensating winding in pole shoes
(d) Self starting of dc motor would not be possible otherwise
(a) Unsatisfactorily (b) satisfactorily (c) not at all (d) None of the above

29. A long shunt compound generator delivers a load current of 50A at 500V and has armature, series
field resistance of 0.05 ohm, 0.03 ohm and 250ohm respectively. Calculate the generated voltage
and the armature current. Allow 1V per brush for contact drop.
(a) 506.16V, 52A (b) 516.16V, 53A (c) 516.16V, 51A (d) 506.12V, 53A

30. A short shunt compounded generator delivers a load current of 30A at 220V, and has armature,
series field and shunt field resistance of 0.05 ohm, 0.30 ohm and 200ohm respectively. Calculate
the induced emf and the armature current. Allow 1.0V per brush for contact drop.
(a) 212.50V, 31.143A (b) 232.56V, 31.145A
(c) 202.50V, 30.143A (d) 212.40V, 31.103A

31. In a 4pole, 35slot dc armature, 180 electrical degree coil span will be obtained when coils occupy ---
slots.
(a) 1 and 10 (b) 1 and 9 (c) 2 and 11 (d) 3 and 12

32. A 4pole, 2layer, dc lap winding with 20 slots and one conductor per layer, the number of
commutator bars is
(a) 80 (b) 20 (c) 40 (d) 160

33. In practice, regenerative braking is used when

(a) Quick motor reversal is desired
(b) Load has overhauling characteristics
(c) Controlling elevators, rolling mills and printing presses etc
(d) Other methods can nbot used

34. The mechanical power developed by the armature of a dc motor equal to

(a) Armature current multiplied by back emf
(b) Power input minus losses
(c) Power output multiplied by efficiency
(d) Power output plus iron losses

ANSWER FOR
D.C MACHINES (CRPQ)

LEVEL - 1
01. A 02. B 03. D 04. D 05. B 06. D 07. C 08. A 09. C 10. C
11. D 12. B 13. A 14. C 15. D 16. C 17. C 18. A 19. A 20. B
21. A 22. C 23. A 24. D 25. B 26. A 27. C 28. A 29. B 30. A
31. A 32. D 33. C 34. D 35. C 36. D 37. C 38. A 39. B 40. D
41. B 42. B 43. B 44. C 45. D 46. B 47. D 48. B 49. D 50. D
51. D 52. C 53. D 54. B 55. C

LEVEL - 2
01. a 02. c 03. c 04. c 05. c 06. c 07. c 08. c 09. a 10. c
11. d 12. c 13. c 14. d 15. c 16. c 17. a 18. b 19. a 20. d
21. b 22. c 23. c 24. b 25. b 26. c 27. a 28. a 29. a 30. b
31. b 32. b 33. b 34. a

AIR 1st Rank 19 Times AIR 2nd Rank 15 Times AIR 3rd Rank 19 Times and many more…….

S. No
Chapter Name
Page Numbers
1.
Basic Principles of Electrical Machines
001 – 009
2.
Transformers
0

 Subject Wise Advanced Materials
 Publications Books
Postal Course
COACHING OFFERED
Test Series
 Online Test Seri

Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai | Kochi | Kolkata | Bhubaneswar

1.1 FARADAY’S LAW OF

Electrical Machines

2
VANI
VANI
I n s t i t u t e
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai |

Basic Principles of Electrical Machines

3
VANI
VANI
I n s t i t u t e
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore

Electrical Machines

4
VANI
VANI
I n s t i t u t e
Our Branches Hyderabad (H.O) | Bangalore | Pune | Chennai |

Electrical Machines: S.K. Kataria & Sons
50% (2)
Electrical Machines: S.K. Kataria & Sons
22 pages
Electrical Machines
100% (4)
Electrical Machines
624 pages
Electrical Machine v1 Sample
100% (2)
Electrical Machine v1 Sample
66 pages
Electrical Machines III
100% (4)
Electrical Machines III
236 pages
Electrical Machines Comprehensive Notes
67% (3)
Electrical Machines Comprehensive Notes
50 pages
Electrical Engineering MCQs for Exams
100% (4)
Electrical Engineering MCQs for Exams
740 pages
Electrical Machines - 2 (Book)
100% (5)
Electrical Machines - 2 (Book)
330 pages
Key Texts in Electrical Engineering
100% (1)
Key Texts in Electrical Engineering
36 pages
DC Machines and Transformers Overview
100% (1)
DC Machines and Transformers Overview
138 pages
Electrical Machines II Overview
100% (3)
Electrical Machines II Overview
328 pages
GATE Electrical Machines MCQs Solutions
100% (3)
GATE Electrical Machines MCQs Solutions
82 pages
EMAC Kothari Solutions
90% (10)
EMAC Kothari Solutions
308 pages
Synchronous Generators Overview
100% (2)
Synchronous Generators Overview
221 pages
Electrical Machines by Mr. S. K. Sahdev1
100% (11)
Electrical Machines by Mr. S. K. Sahdev1
980 pages
AC Electrical Machines Overview
89% (19)
AC Electrical Machines Overview
654 pages
Electrical Machines Vol. 2 Overview
100% (1)
Electrical Machines Vol. 2 Overview
546 pages
BasicsOfElectricalDrives4thEditionbyPillai 1
100% (1)
BasicsOfElectricalDrives4thEditionbyPillai 1
245 pages
Power System Notes by Ankit Goyal
100% (2)
Power System Notes by Ankit Goyal
52 pages
EE6504 Electrical Machines-II PDF
100% (1)
EE6504 Electrical Machines-II PDF
233 pages
Electrical Machines Overview and Solutions
100% (1)
Electrical Machines Overview and Solutions
177 pages
Gate Psu Preaparation (Power System Ee (Theory)
100% (1)
Gate Psu Preaparation (Power System Ee (Theory)
190 pages
Electrical Machines Vol. 2 PDF Download
No ratings yet
Electrical Machines Vol. 2 PDF Download
546 pages
Electrical Machines Drives and Power Systems 5E
100% (3)
Electrical Machines Drives and Power Systems 5E
907 pages
Basics of Electrical Machines Guide
100% (5)
Basics of Electrical Machines Guide
541 pages
EE6504 Electrical Machines-II Notes
100% (2)
EE6504 Electrical Machines-II Notes
233 pages
Paramount 1111: Electrical Machines Guide
100% (1)
Paramount 1111: Electrical Machines Guide
81 pages
Electrical Machines II Lecture Notes
100% (1)
Electrical Machines II Lecture Notes
180 pages
Electrical Machinery PS Bimbhra
100% (10)
Electrical Machinery PS Bimbhra
1,075 pages
Basic Electrical Engineering Notes
No ratings yet
Basic Electrical Engineering Notes
503 pages
Ankit Goyal's Electrical Machines Notes
75% (8)
Ankit Goyal's Electrical Machines Notes
873 pages
GATE Power Systems Book
100% (1)
GATE Power Systems Book
12 pages
Overview of DC Machines and Their Functions
92% (24)
Overview of DC Machines and Their Functions
35 pages
Electrical Machines I Lecture Notes
100% (2)
Electrical Machines I Lecture Notes
241 pages
Theory & Performance Of: (DC Machines and AC Machines) (DC Machines and AC Machines)
100% (2)
Theory & Performance Of: (DC Machines and AC Machines) (DC Machines and AC Machines)
24 pages
Electrical Machines II Lecture Notes
100% (1)
Electrical Machines II Lecture Notes
79 pages
DC Machines and Synchronous Machines Bakshi
100% (7)
DC Machines and Synchronous Machines Bakshi
497 pages
Electrical Engineering Form Four Textbook
100% (2)
Electrical Engineering Form Four Textbook
194 pages
UG005EN - Basic Electrical Engineering 03-03-2022
100% (1)
UG005EN - Basic Electrical Engineering 03-03-2022
412 pages
Electrical Machines I for Diploma Students
No ratings yet
Electrical Machines I for Diploma Students
174 pages
Electrical Machines I by U A Bakshi V U Bakshi
82% (11)
Electrical Machines I by U A Bakshi V U Bakshi
355 pages
Electrical Machines Vol 2 4thed Ua Bakshi MV Bakshi PDF
100% (5)
Electrical Machines Vol 2 4thed Ua Bakshi MV Bakshi PDF
547 pages
Power Systems
100% (2)
Power Systems
76 pages
GATE EE 2015 Solved Paper PDF
No ratings yet
GATE EE 2015 Solved Paper PDF
629 pages
Electrical Machines 2
No ratings yet
Electrical Machines 2
7 pages
Basic Electrical Engineering
83% (12)
Basic Electrical Engineering
344 pages
Power Systems by Bakshi PDF
69% (26)
Power Systems by Bakshi PDF
486 pages
Power System Analysis Resources
100% (1)
Power System Analysis Resources
387 pages
U E E by R K Rajput
67% (3)
U E E by R K Rajput
574 pages
S. Sivanagaraju, Balasubba M., Reddy, D. Srilatha - Generation & Utilization of Electrical Energy-Pearson Education (2010) PDF
100% (2)
S. Sivanagaraju, Balasubba M., Reddy, D. Srilatha - Generation & Utilization of Electrical Energy-Pearson Education (2010) PDF
589 pages
Transformer Principles and Applications
100% (11)
Transformer Principles and Applications
403 pages
Electrical Machines II Lecture Notes
100% (2)
Electrical Machines II Lecture Notes
236 pages
Electrical Machines II Course Notes
No ratings yet
Electrical Machines II Course Notes
89 pages
Electrical: M.V. Deshpande
No ratings yet
Electrical: M.V. Deshpande
11 pages
Electrical Engineering Objective Questions
100% (1)
Electrical Engineering Objective Questions
224 pages
Power Systems by Bakshi PDF
100% (2)
Power Systems by Bakshi PDF
486 pages
Scilab Companion for Electrical Machines
No ratings yet
Scilab Companion for Electrical Machines
113 pages
Electrical Machines Course Overview
No ratings yet
Electrical Machines Course Overview
695 pages
Electrical Machines by U A Bakshi M V Bakshi 1 and 2 Chapters PDF
No ratings yet
Electrical Machines by U A Bakshi M V Bakshi 1 and 2 Chapters PDF
153 pages
A Course in Electrical Machine Design
100% (2)
A Course in Electrical Machine Design
960 pages
Electro Magnetic Field Theory
No ratings yet
Electro Magnetic Field Theory
126 pages
Modern Physics: Wave-Particle Duality
No ratings yet
Modern Physics: Wave-Particle Duality
15 pages
RCC Slab Culvert Estimation Guide
No ratings yet
RCC Slab Culvert Estimation Guide
5 pages
Finite Element Analysis of Steel Silo Pressures
No ratings yet
Finite Element Analysis of Steel Silo Pressures
9 pages
Sol. CH 18 Traff - Eng
100% (1)
Sol. CH 18 Traff - Eng
16 pages
Organic Chemistry: Reactions & Mechanisms
No ratings yet
Organic Chemistry: Reactions & Mechanisms
41 pages
BS-5628 Part 1 Section 1 100410
100% (1)
BS-5628 Part 1 Section 1 100410
16 pages
SS3 Mathematics
No ratings yet
SS3 Mathematics
3 pages
s11665 997 0098 9
No ratings yet
s11665 997 0098 9
2 pages
Cattle Weight Prediction via Mask R-CNN
No ratings yet
Cattle Weight Prediction via Mask R-CNN
6 pages
Catalog Tubing Inspection Probes en
No ratings yet
Catalog Tubing Inspection Probes en
32 pages
EM Waves
No ratings yet
EM Waves
23 pages
Looking Into Paintings
0% (1)
Looking Into Paintings
436 pages
Low Vacuum Effects on Steam Turbines
100% (2)
Low Vacuum Effects on Steam Turbines
4 pages
ABB Softstarters: PSR, PSS, PST Range
No ratings yet
ABB Softstarters: PSR, PSS, PST Range
52 pages
Sanskrit NLP Preprocessing Pipeline
No ratings yet
Sanskrit NLP Preprocessing Pipeline
2 pages
Math 10 Learning Plan: Remainder Theorem
No ratings yet
Math 10 Learning Plan: Remainder Theorem
3 pages
Document Analysis and Data Insights
No ratings yet
Document Analysis and Data Insights
2 pages
Summing and Difference Amplifier Study
No ratings yet
Summing and Difference Amplifier Study
6 pages
ONTAP Automation with Ansible Guide
No ratings yet
ONTAP Automation with Ansible Guide
73 pages
Project Report 7th Sem
No ratings yet
Project Report 7th Sem
60 pages
Eachine Tyro129 Quick Start Guide
100% (1)
Eachine Tyro129 Quick Start Guide
11 pages
Medical Foundation Course: Hematology Basics
No ratings yet
Medical Foundation Course: Hematology Basics
80 pages
Acids and Alkalis Knowledge Organiser
No ratings yet
Acids and Alkalis Knowledge Organiser
2 pages
SPE 157996 Optimizing Water Injection Rates For A Water-Flooding Field
No ratings yet
SPE 157996 Optimizing Water Injection Rates For A Water-Flooding Field
6 pages
2026-DIP Notes
No ratings yet
2026-DIP Notes
18 pages
FIITJEE Big Bang Edge Test 2023 Sample Paper
100% (1)
FIITJEE Big Bang Edge Test 2023 Sample Paper
27 pages
Class X Polynomial Zeros Worksheet
No ratings yet
Class X Polynomial Zeros Worksheet
2 pages
Multiplying Decimals Practice Sheet
No ratings yet
Multiplying Decimals Practice Sheet
2 pages
Baudouin 6M16G220/5 Engine Datasheet
No ratings yet
Baudouin 6M16G220/5 Engine Datasheet
4 pages
CSAT Preparation Tips by Gaurav Budania
No ratings yet
CSAT Preparation Tips by Gaurav Budania
1 page